INDEX

S.NO. PAPER PAGE NO.

EXAM PATTERN & SYLLABUS 3-6
SUBJECTWISE WEIGHTAGE ANALYSIS 7-10
1 RRB JE CBT-II CIVIL 28 AUGUST 2019 SHIFT1 PAPER 11-33
2 RRB JE CBT-II CIVIL 28 AUGUST 2019 SHIFT 2 PAPER 34-54
3 RRB JE CBT-II CIVIL 28 AUGUST 2019 PAPER 55-78
4 RRB JE CBT-II CIVIL 19 SEPTEMBER 2019 PAPER (RE-EXAM) 79-103

100+ RRB JE CIVIL SOLVED PAPERS SOLUTION WATCH –

SCAN QR CODE TO WATCH

n
tio
nc
Ju
il
iv
C

OUR RRB JE SOLVED PAPERS BOOK AVAILABLE ON AMAZON,FLIPKART &

SHOPS.
➢ FOR TEST SERIES DOWNLOAD CIVIL KI GOLI APP

CONTACT : 9255624029, 7742947965

 RRB JE CBT-II EXAM PATTERN & SYLLABUS

CBT -I CBT-II Document Verification/ Medical Examination

• CBT-I = Screening nature { marks not counted in final marks}

• CBT-II = Selection is made as per CBT-II merit.
• Negative Marking – 1/3rd

CBT-II EXAM PATTERN :

Subjects No. of Questions Marks for each Section
General Awareness 15 15
Physics & Chemistry 15 15
Basics of Computers and Applications 10 10
Basics of Environment and Pollution Control 10 10
Technical Abilities 100 100
Total 150 150
Time in Minutes 120

SYLLABUS:
General Awareness : Knowledge of Current affairs, Indian geography, culture and history of India including
freedom struggle, Indian Polity and constitution, Indian Economy, Environmental issues concerning India and the
World, Sports, General scientific and technological developments etc.

Physics and Chemistry: Up to 10th standard CBSE syllabus.

Basics of Computers and Applications: Architecture of Computers; input and Output devices; Storage
devices, Networking, Operating System like Windows, Unix, Linux; MS Office; Various data representation;
Internet and Email; Websites & Web Browsers; Computer Virus.

Basics of Environment and Pollution Control: Basics of Environment; Adverse effect of environmental
pollution and control strategies; Air, water and Noise pollution, their effect and control; Waste Management,
Global warming; Acid rain; Ozone depletion.

CIVIL Engineering :-

1. Engineering Mechanics- Force (resolution of force, moment of force, force system,

composition of forces), Equilibrium, Friction, Centroid and Center of gravity, Simple machines.

2. Building Construction- Building components (substructure, superstructure), type of structure

(load bearing, framed and composite structures).
3. Building materials- Masonry materials (stones, bricks, and mortars), Timber and miscellaneous
materials (glass, plastic,fiber, aluminum steel, galvanized iron, bitumen, PVC, CPVC, and PPF).

4. Construction of substructure- job layout, earthwork, foundation (types, dewatering, coffer

dams, bearing capacity).
5. Construction of superstructure- stone masonry, brick masonry, Hollow concrete block
masonry, composite masonry, cavity wall, doors and windows, vertical communication (stairs,
lifts, escalators), scaffolding and shoring.
6. Building finishes- Floors (finishes, process of laying), walls (plastering, pointing, painting) and
roofs (roofing materials including RCC).
7. Building maintenance- Cracks (causes, type, repairs- grouting, guniting, epoxy etc.),
settlement (causes and remedial measures), and re-baring techniques.
8. Building drawing- Conventions (type of lines, symbols), planning of building (principles of
planning for residential and public buildings, rules and byelaws), drawings (plan, elevation,
section, site plan, location plan, foundation plan, working drawing), perspective drawing.
9. Concrete Technology- Properties of various types/grades of cement, properties of coarse
and fine aggregates, properties of concrete (water cement ratio, properties of fresh and
hardened concrete), Concrete mix design, testing of concrete, quality control of concrete
(batching, formwork, transportation, placing, compaction, curing, waterproofing), extreme
n
tio

weather concreting and chemical admixtures, properties of special concrete (ready mix, RCC,
nc
Ju

pre-stressed, fiber reinforced, precast, high performance).

il
iv
C

10. Surveying- Types of survey, chain and cross staff survey (principle, ranging, triangulation,
chaining, errors, finding area), compass survey (principle, bearing of line, prismatic compass,
traversing, local attraction, calculation of bearings, angles and local attraction) leveling (dumpy
level, recording in level book, temporary adjustment, methods of reduction of levels,
classification of leveling, tilting level, auto level, sources of errors, precautions and difficulties
in leveling), contouring (contour interval, characteristics, method of locating, interpolation,
establishing grade contours, uses of contour maps), area and volume measurements, plane
table survey (principles, setting, method), theodolite survey (components, adjustments,
measurements, traversing), Tacheometric survey, curves (types, setting out), advanced survey
equipment, aerial survey and remote sensing.
11. Computer Aided Design- CAD Software (AutoCAD, Auto Civil, 3D Max etc.), CAD commands,
generation of plan, elevation, section, site plan, area statement, 3D view.
12. Geo Technical Engineering- Application of Geo Technical Engineering in design of
foundation, pavement, earth retaining structures, earthen dams etc., physical properties of
soil, permeability of soil and seepage analysis, shear strength of soil, bearing capacity of soil,
compaction and stabilization of soil, site investigation and sub soil exploration.
13. Hydraulics- properties of fluid, hydrostatic pressure, measurement of liquid pressure in
pipes, fundamentals of fluid flow, flow of liquid through pipes, flow through open channel,
flow measuring devices, hydraulic machines.
14. Irrigation Engineering- Hydrology, investigation and reservoir planning, percolation tanks,
diversion head works.
15. Mechanics of Structures- Stress and strain, shear force and bending moment, moment of
inertia, stresses in beams, analysis of trusses, strain energy.
16. Theory of structures- Direct and bending stresses, slope and deflection, fixed beam,
continuous beam, moment distribution method, columns.
17. Design of Concrete Structures- Working Stress method, Limit State method, analysis and design of
singly reinforced and doubly reinforced sections, shear, bond and development length, analysis and
design of T Beam, slab, axially loaded column and footings.

18. Design of Steel Structures- Types of sections, grades of steel, strength characteristics, IS Code,
Connections, Design of tension and compression members, steel roof truss, beams, column bases.

19. Transportation Engineering- Railway Engineering (alignment and gauges, permanent way, railway
track geometrics, branching of tracks, stations and yards, track maintenance), Bridge engineering (site
selection, investigation, component parts of bridge, permanent and temporary bridges, inspection and
maintenance), Tunnel engineering (classification, shape and sizes, tunnel investigation and surveying,
method of tunneling in various strata, precautions, equipment, explosives, lining and ventilation).

20. Highway Engineering- Road Engineering, investigation for road project, geometric design of
highways, construction of road pavements and materials, traffic engineering, hill roads, drainage of
roads, maintenance and repair of roads.

21. Environmental Engineering- Environmental pollution and control, public water supply, domestic
sewage, solid waste management, environmental sanitation, and plumbing.

22. Advanced Construction Techniques and Equipment- Fibers and plastics, artificial timber, advanced
concreting methods (under water concreting, ready mix concrete, tremix concreting, special concretes),
formwork, pre-fabricated construction, soil reinforcing techniques, hoisting and conveying equipment,
earth moving machinery (exaction and compaction equipment), concrete mixers, stone crushers, pile
driving equipment, working of hot mix bitumen plant, bitumen paver, floor polishing machines.

23. Estimating and Costing- Types of estimates (approximate, detailed), mode of measurements and
rate analysis.

24. Contracts and Accounts- Types of engineering contracts, Tender and tender documents, payment,
specifications.
RRB JE SUBJECT-WISE ANALYSIS CBT-II:-
Subject 28.08.2019 28.08.2019 29.08.2019 19.09.2019(Re-
Shift-I Shift-II Shift-II Exam)
BMC+CT 28 26 22 25
Estimation-Costing 5 4 1 5
Soil Mechanics 8 8 9 9
Highway Engineering 4 4 6 3
Railway Engineering 3 - 2 3
Solid Mechanics 6 9 6 9
n
tio

RCC 7 8 7 3
nc
Ju

Steel Structure 6 5 6 8
il
iv

Fluid Mechanics 5 4 6 5
C

Surveying 3 2 2 6
Applied Mechanics 2 5 3 4
CPM & PERT - - - -
Auto-Cad 1 - 3 1
Irrigation Engineering 3 2 2 4
Environmental Engineering 8 6 6 8
Engineering Drawing 7 4 6 4
Tunnel Engineering - - - 1
Structure Analysis 4 2 3 2
Airport 2 3 1 -
Contract & Account 1 3 3 -
Bridge - 1 - -
Engineering Economy - 1 - -
Hydrology - - 2 -
EXAMS PAPER LIST COVER IN OUR BOOK:-
S.N. Exam Year
1 RRB JE Works 2023 (P)
2 RRB JE Works 2023 (P)
3 RRB JE P.Way 2023 (P)
4 RRB JE Bridge 2023 (P)
5 RRB JE Work 2023 (P)
6 RRB AE 2022 (P)
7 RRB JE Works 2022 (P)
8 RRB JE P.Way 2022 (P)
9 RRB JE Works 2022 (P)
10 RRB JE Works 2021 (P)
11 RRB JE P.Way 2021 (P)
12 RRB JE Works 2021
13 RRB JE WORKS 2021
14 RRB JE P.Way 2020 (P)
15 RRB JE Works 2020 (P)
16 RRB AE 2020 (P)
17 RRB JE P.Way 2020 (P)
18 RRB JE P.Way 2020 (P)
19 RRB AE 2020 (P)
20 RRB JE CBT 2, 19/09/2019
21 RRB JE CBT 2, 28/08/2019 Morning Shift
22 RRB JE CBT 2, 28/08/2019 Evening Shift
23 RRB JE CBT 2, 29/08/2019 Evening Shift
24 RRB AE 2018 (P)
25 Konkan Railway STA 2017
26 RRB ADEN 2016 (P)
28 Konkan Railway SSE 2015
29 RRB JE 26 Aug 2015 - Shift 1
30 RRB JE 26 Aug 2015 - Shift 2
31 RRB JE 26 Aug 2015 - Shift 3
32 RRB JE 27 Aug 2015 - Shift 1
33 RRB JE 27 Aug 2015 - Shift 2
34 RRB JE 27 Aug 2015 - Shift 3
35 RRB JE 28 Aug 2015 - Shift 1
36 RRB JE 28 Aug 2015 - Shift 2
37 RRB JE 28 Aug 2015 - Shift 3
38 RRB JE 29 Aug 2015 - Shift 1
39 RRB JE 29 Aug 2015 - Shift 2
40 RRB JE 29 Aug 2015 - Shift 3
41 RRB JE 30 Aug 2015
42 RRB SSE 1 Sep 2015 - Shift 1
43 RRB SSE 1 Sep 2015 - Shift 2
44 RRB SSE 1 Sep 2015 - Shift 3
45 RRB SSE 2 Sep 2015 - Shift 1
46 RRB SSE 2 Sep 2015 - Shift 2
47 RRB SSE 3 Sep 2015 - Shift 1
48 RRB SSE 3 Sep 2015 - Shift 2
49 RRB SSE 3 Sep 2015 - Shift 3
50 RRB JE 2014 - Green Paper
51 RRB SSE 2014 - Green Paper
52 RRB JE 2014 - Red Paper
53 RRB SSE 2014 - Yellow Paper
54 RRB JE P.Way 2013 (P)
55 RRB Jammu Section Eng. 2013
56 RRB Chandigarh SSE 09.09.2012
57 RRB Jammu SSE 09.09.2012
58 RRB Allahabad JE 09.09.2012
59 RRB JE P.Way 2012 (P)
60 RRB Chennai Section Engineer, 12.02.2012
61 RRB Chandigarh Section Engineer (Civil), 26.02.2012
62 RRB RRB Patna/Allahabad ESM-II, 30.01.2011
63 RRB Bhubneshwar JE-II 19.12.2010
64 RRB Allahabad JE 19.12.2010
65 RRB Mumbai JE 19.12.2010
66 RRB Mumbai SSE 19.12.2010
67 RRB Chandigarh Section Engineer, 15.03.2009
68 RRB Banglore Section Engineer (Civil) 01.02.2009
69 RRB Thiruvananthapuram Section Eng. (Civil), 04.01.2009
70 RRB Mumbai C&G JE 25.10.2009
71 RRB Gorakhpur RDSO SSE 25.10.2009
72 RRB Jammu JE 25.10.2009
73 RRB Malda SSE 25.10.2009
74 RRB Allahabad JE 25.10.2009
75 RRB Bhopal TM SSE 25.10.2009
76 RRB Patna JE 25.10.2009
77 RRB Bhopal TM SSE 25.10.2009
78 RRB Secunderabad Section Engineer (Civil) 29.06.2008
n
tio

79 RRB Bhubneshwar JE II 29.11.2008

nc

80 RRB Patna Technical Eng., 27.07.2008

Ju
il

81 RRB Mumbai JE 05.10.2008

iv
C

82 RRB Chennai Technical (Eng.) 15.04.2007

83 RRB Secunderabad Technical (Eng.) 20.05.2007
84 RRB Bangalore 20.05.2007
85 RRB Allahabad Signal Maintainer-II, 22.01.2006
86 RRB Allahabad Junior Engineer-II [Civil DSL (C&W)], 08.01.2006
87 RRB Kolkata Jr.Engineer-II Civil DRG & Design, 11.06.2006
88 RRB Kolkata Technical-III, 20.08.2006
89 RRB Kolkata Civil Ass., 06.02.2005
90 RRB Kolkata Technical- III, 20.08.2005
91 RRB Ranchi Signal Maintainer Group-III, 20.11.2005
92 RRB Bangalore Material Engg. 21.11.2004
93 RRB Bhopal & Mumbai Apprentice Section Eng. 23.03.2003
94 RRB Bhopal Section Engineer 24.11.2002
95 RRB Bhubaneswar Section Engineer 19.08.2001
96 RRB Kolkata Apprentice Engg. 14.10.2001
97 RRB Kolkata Engg. (P.Way) 20.02.2000
98 RRB AEN PATIALA
99 CSIR JE CIVIL RAILWAY 19/03/2023
100 NAIR AEN RAILWAY

100 PAPERS COVER IN OUR RRB JE SOLVED PAPERS BOOK IN SUBJECT-WISE FORMAT
 (c) 48-210% (d) 27-35%
RRB JE CE 28 Aug 2019 Ans. (a) Seasoning of timber is the process by which
Shift 1 CBT-II Paper moisture content in the timber is reduced to required
level.
Q.01. To comply with current building regulations, the
minimum cavity width in an external wall is ____ By reducing moisture content, the strength, elasticity
and durability properties are developed.
(a) 70 mm (b) 50 mm
A well-seasoned timber has 10-12% moisture content
(c) 100 mm (d) 60 mm
in it.
Ans. (b) A cavity wall consists of two distinct walls for
Q.04. Which of the following is Quicklime?
a single-wall purpose, with a space or cavity existing
between them. These two individual walls are referred (a) CaCO3 (b) CaO
to as the leaves of the cavity wall, with the inner wall (c) Ca(OH)2 (d) CaCl2
known as the internal leaf and the outer wall as the
external leaf. Another term for a cavity wall is a hollow Ans. (b)
wall.
• Quicklime (CaO) reacts with water to form slaked
lime {Ca(OH)2}.
• The addition of a limited amount of water to quick
lime is called slacking of lime.
• When Calcium oxide is mixed with water it forms
Calcium Hydroxide.
• The above reaction can be written as
⇒ CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2
The recommended cavity size falls within the range of
Calcium Hydroxide is used in the preparation of
4 to 10 cm, with both the internal and external leaves
Mortar.
having a minimum thickness of at least 10 mm.
Chemical
∴ The most appropriate answer would be 50 mm. Common Name
formula/Compound name
Advantage of having cavity in external walls : Lime Stone CaCO3/Calcium Carbonate
1. To give better thermal insulation. It is because of the Chloride of Lime Ca(OCl)2/Calcium
space provided between two leaves of cavity walls is Hypochlorite
full of air and reduces heat transmission into the Chalk Powder CaCO3/Calcium Carbonate
building from outside. Q.05. Maximum principal stress failure theory is also
2. Moisture content in outer atmosphere is does not called _________ theory.
allowed to enter because of hollow space between (a) Rankine (b) Tresca
leaves. So, prevent dampness. (c) Tsai-Wu (d) Tsai Hill
3. They also act as good sound insulators.
Ans. (a) Maximum principal stress theory (Rankine
Q.02. Mild steel is used in the manufacture of _____ Theory):
(a) Compression members • A material fails by fracturing when the largest
(b) Cutting tools principal stress exceeds the ultimate strength in a
(c) Rolled steel Sections simple tension test.
(d) Tension members • The crack will start at the most highly stressed point
Ans. (c) Due to the presence of low carbon content in in a brittle material when the largest Principal stress at
mild steel, it can be forged and welded easily. that point reaches ultimate strength.
• Mild steel is ductile which makes it good in absorbing • This theory of yielding has very poor agreement with
tensile stresses. Hence, It is used in beams, joints, and the experiment. However, the theory has been used
girders. successfully for brittle materials.
• It can be used for manufacturing rolled steel sections. • It is used to describe the fracture of brittle materials
It can also be used for the manufacturing of such as cast iron.
reinforcing bars, sheet piles, and roof coverings.
Theories of Failure Other Name Shape
• For making tools and machine parts high carbon steel
having carbon content – 0.55-1.5 % is used. Maximum Principal RANKINE'S THEORY Square
Q.03. The moisture content of a well seasoned wood is Stress Theory
in the range- Maximum Principal St. VENANT'S Rhombus
(a) 10-12% (b) 60-65% Strain Theory THEORY

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 11 Civil KI Goli

Total Strain Energy HAIGH'S THEORY Ellipse Q.09. DPC means-
Theory (a) Damp Plain Concrete
Maximum Shear GUEST AND Hexagon (b) Damp Proof Course
Stress Theory TRESCA'S THEORY (c) Dampness Permeable Concrete
(d) Damp Prevention Course
Maximum VON MISES AND Ellipse
Distortion Energy HENCKY'S THEORY Ans. (b) Damp proof course (DPC) is generally applied
Theory at basement levels which restricts the movement of
moisture through walls and floors
Q.06. ______ is the ratio of the volume of voids to the
total volume of the given soil. • DPC is generally measured in a square meter
• DPC usually of 2.5 cm thick rich cement concrete is 1
(a) Degree of saturation
: 1.5 : 3 or 2 cm thick rich cement mortar 1 : 2 mixed
(b) Void ratio
with standard waterproofing material is provided at
(c) Porosity
the plinth level to full width of plinth wall
(d) Air content
Usually, DPC is not provided at the sills of doors and
Ans. (c) Degree of saturation (S): It is the ratio of verandah openings
volume of water to the volume of voids present in soil.
Q.10. If the harmful salt present in the soil is Sodium
Void ratio (e) : Void ratio is usually defined as the ratio
carbonate, it can be neutralized by the addition of
of the volume of voids to the total volume of soil solid.
(a) Magnesium carbonate
Porosity(n) : Porosity is defined as the ratio of the
(b) Magnesium sulphate
volume of voids to the total volume of the soil.
(c) Calcium carbonate
Air Content: It is the ratio of volume of air to the (d) Calcium sulphate
volume of voids present in soil.
Ans. (d) When Sodium Carbonate (Na2CO3) is present in
Q.07. According to which theory of failure does the the saline soil, gypsum (CaSO4) is added to soil before
ductile material begin to yield, when the maximum leaching and thoroughly mixed with water.
principal strain reaches the strain? Na2CO3 reacts with gypsum and leads to formation of
n

(a) Rankine's theory (b) Haigh's theory

tio

sodium sulphate (Na2SO4) which can be leached out

nc

(c) St. Venant's theory (d) Guest theory easily.

Ju

Ans. (c) Maximum principal strain theory (St. Venant The chemical reaction is:
il
iv
C

theory): Na𝟐 CO𝟑 + CaSO𝟒 → Na 𝟐 SO𝟒 + CaCO𝟑(↓)

• According to this theory, yielding will occur when the Q.11. Which of the following wall is constructed to
maximum principal strain just exceeds the strain at the resist the pressure of an earth filling?
tensile yield point in either simple tension or (a) Retaining wall (b) Breast wall
compression.
(c) Parapet wall (d) Buttress
• This theory overestimates the behavior of ductile
material. Ans. (a) Retaining walls: The walls constructed for
retaining or supporting earth against their back are
• The theory does not fit well with the experimental
called retaining walls. Earth cannot remain vertical but
results except for brittle material's biaxial tension.
would be in a state of equilibrium when it assumes a
Q.08. According to the Indian Standard Institution (ISI), natural angle which is called angle of repose.
what is the size of a A3 sheet in mm? If it is desired to retain the earth vertically, that portion
(a) 1189 x 841 of the earth will have to be supported by a wall called
(b) 297 x 210 retaining wall.
(c) 841 x 594 Breast Walls : A breast wall is constructed to protect
(d) 420 x 297 the natural sloping ground from the cutting action of
Ans. (d) The preferred sizes of the trimmed sheets as natural agents.
selected from the main ISO - A series are given in table Parapet walls : Parapet walls are used to prevent the
spread of fires. Hence, also called fire walls.
Buttress Wall : Buttress wall is a type of the retaining
wall. It is similar to the counter fort retaining wall, but
the difference is that it is provided on the opposite side
of the retained material. Buttresses walls act as
compression members.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 12 Civil KI Goli

Q.12. M10 grade of concrete mixing ratio is Q.14. Which of the following characteristics of ballast
approximately- makes it unsuitable for use?
(a) 1 : 5 : 10 (b) 1 : 1 : 2 (a) High modulus (b) High stability
(c) 1 : 3 : 6 (d) 1 : 2 : 4 (c) High resilience (d) High water absorption
Ans. (c) The nominal mixes of fixed cement-aggregate Ans. (d) High water absorption makes ballast weak and
ratio (by volume) vary widely in strength and may reduces its crushing strength.
result in under- or over-rich mixes. For this reason, the • As per IS 2386 -1963: Water Absorption should not be
minimum compressive strength has been included in more than 1 %.
many specifications. These mixes are termed standard • For higher modulus value, the ballast will provide
mixes. better elasticity to the railway track and increased
IS 456-2000 has designated the concrete mixes into a ability to bear loads.
number of grades as M10, M15, M20, M25, M30, M35, • For the higher stability, the ballast can hold sleeper in
and M40. In this designation, the letter M refers to the position and will provide better resistance to
mix and the number to the specified 28-day cube vibrations, shocks, and impact loading.
strength of mix in N/mm2. • Due to high resilience, ballast can resist the dynamic
The mixes of grades are as follows : behaviour of train i.e. it can store or withstand high
Strength Nominal Mix Design impact energy.
M5 1 : 5 : 10 Q.15. What is the coefficient of restitution (e) for
M 7.5 1:4:8 elastic impact?
(a) 0 (b) >1 (c) 1 (d) < 0
M10 1:3:6
M15 1:2:4
Ans. (c) Coefficient of restitution is the ratio of Relative
M20 1 : 1.5 : 3 velocity after impact to the relative velocity before
M25 1:1:2 impact. The value of e = 0, for the perfectly inelastic
Q.13. The type of valve which allows water to flow in bodies and e = 1 for perfectly elastic bodies. In case the
one direction but prevents its flow in the reverse bodies are neither perfectly inelastic nor perfectly
direction is elastic, then the value of e lies between 0 and 1.
(a) Sluice valve (b) Pressure relief valve Q.16. In roofing sheet terminology, CGI means -
(c) Air relief valve (d) Reflux valve (a) Corrugated Grating Iron
Ans. (d) Check valves or reflux valves : It prevent water (b) Corrugated Galvanized Iron
to flow back to opposite directions. They are provided (c) Coated Galvanized Iron
on the delivery side of the pumping set and at (d) Coated Grating Iron
interconnections between a polluted water system and Ans. (b) CGI stands for Corrugated Galvanized Iron :
a potable water system. These are generally provided Corrugated Galvanized Iron (CGI) sheets are commonly
on the delivery side of the pump. These valves work used for roofing applications and have a wavy,
automatically. corrugation pattern that helps increase the sheet's
Pressure reducing valve : In hydraulics, a pressure structural rigidity, which is especially useful in roofing
reducing valve serves the same purpose as a "pressure applications since this can help support the weight of
regulator" valve in a compressed air system. It is one of snow, for example.
a variety of pressure control valves available for
• The term galvanized refers to a process where steel
hydraulic circuits. It is always used in a branch circuit
or iron is coated with a layer of zinc in order to inhibit
and never in the full pump flow line.
rusting or corrosion. Galvanized steel or iron is the
Air Relief Valve : it is a type of safety valve used to result of the zinc galvanization process, rendering it
control or limit the pressure in a system, pressure more resilient to harsh weather conditions.
might otherwise build up and create a process upset,
Q.17. A flow is called hyper-sonic, if the Mach number
instrument or equipment failure, or fire. The pressure
is-
is relieved by allowing the pressurised fluid to flow
from an auxiliary passage out of the system. (a) Less than unity (b) More than 6
Scour valve : This valve is used to drain the water out (c) Unity (d) Between 1 and 4
of the pipe system. Ans. (b) Mach number is the ratio of velocity of fluid in
Sluice valve : These valves are used to regulate the flow an undisturbed stream to the velocity of sound wave
of water in the pipe system by dividing into number of • When the mach number is less than unity, it is called
sections. sub – sonic flow
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 13 Civil KI Goli
• When the mach number is equal to unity, it is called • Overall construction costs of this kind of sewers are
sonic flow high as compared to separate sewers.
• When the mach number between 1 and 5, it is called • Easy cleaning because of large diameter.
supersonic flow • The strength of sewerage is reduced due to the
• When the mach number is more than 5, it is called dilution of sewage due to storm water.
hyper sonic flow
∴ we will go with most appropriate option i.e More
than 6
Q.18. Which of the following statements is NOT
correct?
(a) In combined sewerage system, one set of sewers is
laid for both sanitary sewage and storm water
(b) In separate system, the design of sewage system is
economical
(c) As the sewage is diluted by storm water in Q.19. The rate of construction of a hospital is expressed
combined sewage system, cost of treatment is low in terms of cost per head. This type of Estimate is called
(d) In separate system, self cleaning velocities are as _______
easily available and occasional flushing is required (a) Plinth area estimate
Ans. (c) Separate sewerage system (b) Functional unit estimate
• Two sets of sewers are required. one for carrying (c) Approximate quantity estimate
sanitary sewage and the other (d) Cubical content estimate
for storm water. Ans. (b) Plinth area method, Cubical contents method
• The quantity of sewerage to be treated is less. and Unit base method are approximate construction
because no treatment of storm water is done. cost estimates :
• This system is very useful where there is more rain Plinth area method : Cost of Construction = Plinth
n
tio

fall. Area Plinth area rate

nc

• As the two sets of lines are to be laid this system is Here, area is measured using outer dimensions of the
Ju

cheaper because sewage is carried out in underground buildings.

il
iv

sewers and storms.

C

Cubical Contents Method:

• In narrow streets, this system is difficult to use. 1. Relevant for multi-storeyed buildings.
• In this system, less degree of sanitation is achieved 2. Cost of Construction = Volume of Buildings Local
storm water is deposited without treatment. Cube Rate
• This system is most suitable for rocky areas 3. It is more accurate than plinth area or unit base
• circular-shaped sewers are used. method.
Unit Base Method :
1. Cost of Construction = Total no of units unit rate of
each item
2. For schools and colleges, the unit is ‘one student’
and for hospital, th e unit is ‘one bed’.
Q.20. Drop panel is a structural component in:
(a) Grid floor
(b) Flat plate
(c) Slab-beam system of floor
(d) Flat slab
Combined sewerage system
Ans. (d) Flat slabs: The flat slab is a two-way reinforced
• only one set of sewers is laid for carrying sanitary
concrete slab that usually does not have beams and
sewage and storm water.
girders, and the loads are transferred directly to the
• This system is applicable for narrow streets.
supporting concrete columns.
• The maintenance cost of these sewers is very less.
The flat slabs may be supported by three methods:
• It provides automatic flushing of sewers because self-
cleaning velocity is easily achieved. a) Using a drop panel and a column capital in flat slab
• Egg-shaped sewers are used in combined sewers.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 14 Civil KI Goli

b) Using a drop panel without a column capital in flat (d) Partition block
slab Ans. (a)
c) Using a column capital without drop panel in flat slab Block
Characteristic When to Use
Drop panel: type
The thickened part of a flat slab over its supporting Concrete stretcher
Concrete They are laid with
blocks are used to
column is technically known as drop panel as can be stretcher their length parallel to
join the corner in the
observed in the figure below: blocks the face of the wall.
masonry.
They are arranged in a Corner blocks are
manner that their used at the ends or
Concrete
plane ends visible to corners of masonry.
Corner
the outside and other The ends may be
Blocks
end is locked with the window or door
stretcher block. openings etc.
These are used when
Q.21. The test conducted by Vicat's apparatus is- two ends of the
Concrete Pillar block is also
corner are visible. In
(a) Consistency (b) Compression strength Pillar called as double
case of piers or pillars
Blocks corner block
(c) Tensile Strength (d) Fineness these blocks are
widely used.
Ans. (a) Vicat’s Apparatus is used to find out the
Jamb blocks are used
consistency, initial setting time and final setting time of They are connected to
Jamb when there is an
the cement. stretcher and corner
blocks elaborated window
blocks
In the normal consistency test, we have to find out the opening in the wall.
amount of water to be added to the cement to form a Partition blocks have
Partition concrete
cement paste of normal consistency. Partition larger height than its
blocks are generally
Vicat's apparatus consists of an arrangement to hold Concrete breadth. Hollow part
used to build
Block is divided into two to
the plunger of 10 mm diameter and two other needles partition walls.
three components.
which are made to freely fall into a mould filled with Lintel beam is
the cement paste and the amount of penetration of the Lintel block or beam
generally provided on
needles of plunder can be noted using the vertical block is used for the
Lintel the top portion of
graduations from 0 mm to 50 mm. purpose of provision
Blocks doors and windows,
of beam or lintel
The needle of diameter 1 mm is used and the center which bears the load
beam.
needle of the attachment of the Vicat plunger projects coming from top.
the circular cutting edge by 0.5 mm as can be observed Frogged brick block
To hold mortar and to
Frogged contains a frog on its
in the figure below: develop the strong
Brick top along with header
bond with top laying
Blocks and stretcher like
block.
frogged brick.
When we want
Bullnose Bullnose blocks are
rounded edges at
Concrete similar to corner
corner bullnose bricks
Block blocks.
are preferred.
Q.23. The maximum eccentricity to be considered in a
R.C. column of length L is
(a) (L/500) + (lateral dimension/30)
(b) (L/500) + (lateral dimension/25)
(c) (L/400) + (lateral dimension/25)
(d) (L/400) + (lateral dimension/30)
Ans. (a) Minimum eccentricity to be considered along
a lateral dimension as per Clause 25.4 of IS 456:2000 is
equal to the unsupported length of
Q.22. The type of hollow used when there is an columns/500 plus lateral dimension/30, subject to
elaborated window opening in the wall is - a minimum of 20 mm.
(a) Jamb block Minimum eccentricities :
(b) Pillar block ℓ𝒙 𝑫
𝒆𝒙 𝒎𝒊𝒏 = 𝒎𝒂𝒙 {𝟓𝟎𝟎 + 𝟑𝟎
(c) Lintel block
𝟐𝟎 𝒎𝒎
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 15 Civil KI Goli
 (a) 20 years (b) 5 years
ℓ𝒚 𝒃 (c) 100 years (d) 1 year
𝒆𝒚 𝒎𝒊𝒏 = 𝒎𝒂𝒙 {𝟓𝟎𝟎 + 𝟑𝟎
𝟐𝟎 𝒎𝒎 Ans. (a) The design life period for different types of
ℓx, ℓy = Unsupported length of the column road are as follows :
D and b = lateral dimension of the column National Highways or State Highways - 15 years
Express ways or Urban Roads - 20 Years
Q.24. A ________ is the person responsible for
verifying that the drawings in a project set are free of Other roads like MDR - 10 to 15 Years
mistakes. Rail transport - 3 to 100 Years
(a) Client (b) Receptionist Aerial transport - 20 years
(c) CAD trainee (d) Checker Airport Pavements /Runways - 20 years
Ans. (d) Checker : A "checker" is a person who verifies Q.27. Castigliano's theorem falls under the category of-
that the drawings or blueprints in a project set are free (a) Displacement method
of mistakes. (b) Stiffness method
• Their role is to ensure accuracy, coherence, and (c) Force method
compliance with standards and guidelines. This (d) Equilibrium method
includes checking for dimension errors, incorrect
symbols or codes, and ensuring all relevant Ans. (c) In the force method of analysis : Primary
information is included. unknown are forces in the members, and compatibility
• It is a critical role in architectural or engineering equations are written for displacement and rotations
projects to avoid potential costly or even dangerous (which are calculated by force displacement equations)
mistakes later in build or production stages. in this method.

Q.25. When an owner can borrow money against the Force Methods Displacement Methods
security of property and interest is paid, then it is called Types of indeterminacy: Types of indeterminacy:
as _____ Static Indeterminacy Kinematic Indeterminacy
Governing equation: Governing equations:
n

(a) Leasehold property (b) Mortgage

tio

Compatibility Equations Equilibrium Equations

nc

(c) Freehold Property (d) Lease

Ju

Force displacement Force displacement

il

Ans. (b) Mortgage : A mortgage is a debt instrument, relations: Flexibility relations: Stiffness matrix
iv
C

secured by the collateral of specified real estate matrix

property, which the borrower is obliged to pay back Example: Example:
with a predetermined set of payments. 1. Method of consistent 1. Slope deflection
Mortgages are also known as "liens against property" deformation method
or "claims on property." With a fixed-rate mortgage, 2. Theorem of least work 2. Moment distribution
the borrower pays the same interest rate for the life of 3. Column analogy method
the loan. method 3. Kani’s method
4. Flexibility matrix 4. Stiffness matrix method
Leasehold Freehold
method
Land belongs to the
5. Castigliano’s Theorem
state, leased to owner
Land belongs to the owner Q.28. Which soil will take years and decades to
for a certain number of
years undergo full settlement after the new building is
At the end of the lease constructed?
period, owners must Ownership is indefinite (a) Sand (b) Gravel
pay to extend the lease
(c) Silt (d) Clay
Does not require state
Requires state consent
consent to transfer Ans. (d) The rate of settlement of consolidation is
(obtained at the land
ownership (except in certain depends on the permeability of soil i.e. higher the
office) to transfer
specially earmarked permeability, higher the settlement and also the
ownership
properties) amount of water retained by soil.
Most banks will not
Among Sand, Clay, Gravel, Silt – Clay has maximum
finance a property if the Banks finance freehold
lease period is less than properties easily porosity i.e. it can hold large amount of water and clay
30 years also has minimum permeability due to less void size.
Q.26. The life expectancy of aerial transport system ∴ Clay will take maximum time to undergo full
(rope or cable way) is usually- settlement.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 16 Civil KI Goli

Q.29. When the quantities of the work items are area. It means that between building line and control
difficult to be quantified and the rate analysis is also a line, no structure exceeding 13m can be constructed.
complex issue, but still the contractor is willing to Plinth area is the covered built-up area measured at
undertake a work, then the type of Contract best suited the floor level of any storey or at the floor level of the
is: basement. Plinth area is also called as built-up area and
(a) Turn Key Contract (b) Labour Contract is the entire area occupied by the building including
(c) Lump Sum Contract (d) Item Rate Contract internal and external walls. Plinth area is generally 10-
20% more than carpet area.
Ans. (c) Lump Sum or Fixed Price Contract : A lump sum
or fixed price contract is the type of contract where all Carpet area the covered area of the usable spaces of
construction-related activities are regulated with a rooms at any floor. It is measured between walls to
total fixed price agreement. walls within the building and is the sum of the actual
areas of the rooms.
• Lump sum contracts are favored in situations when a
clear scope and a defined schedule is negotiated and Q.32. Bar A and bar B are made up of the same material
accepted. and are of same length. But bar A has diameter ’d’
• A Turnkey Contract is one under which the contractor while bar B has diameter '2d'. If both are subjected to
is responsible for both the design and construction of same axial load, the ratio of strain energy of bar A to
a facility. The basic concept is that in a Turnkey strain energy of bar B is:
Contract the contractor shall provide the works ready (a) 8 (b) 4
for use at the agreed price and by a fixed date. (c) 2 (d) 1
• An item rate/Unit price/Schedule contract is a type of Ans. (b) Strain Energy stored in a material is given by :
contract which is undertaken on per piece or item 𝟏
basis. Simply, it is a type of contract where the 𝐔= × 𝝈 ×∈× 𝑽𝒐𝒍
𝟐
contractor works and gets paid on 'per item basis'. 𝟏 𝑷 𝑷
𝐔= × × × 𝑨𝑳
𝟐 𝑨 𝑨𝑬
The quote rate is based on the quantity
𝑷𝟐 𝑳
manufactured or work done by them. 𝐔=
𝟐𝑨𝑬
• A labour contract is an agreement with specific terms Where,
& conditions between two or more persons or
P = Axial Load,
entities or between the owner & the contractor in
which there is a promise to execute or do some work L = Length of member,
where in all materials required for the construction A = Cross sectional Area, and
are supplied by the owner. E – Modulus of Elasticity
Q.30. Modular ratio is the ratio between the Young's It is given that
modulus of- Both bars are made of same material i.e. EA = EB
(a) Sand and steel (b) Concrete and cement Same Axial Load i.e. PA = PB and same length i.e. LA = LB
(c) Steel and concrete (d) Steel and cement Now,
𝟏
Ans. (c) As per IS 456:2000, Modular ratio of concrete 𝐔∝
𝑨
is the ratio of young's modulus of elasticity of steel to 𝑼𝑨 × 𝑨𝑨 = 𝑼𝑩 × 𝑨𝑩
modulus of elasticity of concrete. 𝛑
𝐔𝐀 𝐀𝐁 ×(𝟐𝐝)𝟐
𝒎=
𝑬𝒔 × = 𝟒𝛑 =𝟒
𝐔𝐁 𝐀𝐀 ×(𝐝)𝟐
𝑬𝒄 𝟒
𝟐𝟖𝟎
𝒎= Q.33. Out of the four processes listed, which is the last
𝟑𝝈𝒄𝒃𝒄
process?
Where,
(a) Hardening (b) Compaction
σcbc = permissible compressive stress in concrete.
(c) Setting (d) Evaporation
Q.31. Line up to which the plinth of a building adjoining
Ans. (a) The correct order of process in concrete is :
a street may be lawfully extended is called -
Setting -> Compaction -> Evaporation -> Hardening
(a) Building carpet (b) Building plan
Steps involved in concreting process are :
(c) Building line (d) Building extend
Batching-> Mixing-> Transportation -> Setting->
Ans. (c) Building line is a restricted boundary up to Compaction -> Curing-> Evaporation -> Hardening
which, one cannot construct plinth or structure
exceeding 13 meters. Q.34. Which of the following air pollution control
devices has maximum efficiency?
Control line is the restricted boundary behind which,
one can construct building as per the regulation of the (a) Dynamic precipitator

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 17 Civil KI Goli

(b) Spray tower
(c) Wet cyclonic scrubber
(d) Electrostatic precipitator
Ans. (d) Electrostatic precipitator
• The electrostatic precipitator is one of the most
widely used collection devices for particulates.
• An electrostatic precipitator (ESP) is a particulate
collection device that removes particles from a
flowing gaseous stream (such as air) using the force
of an induced electrostatic charge.
• ESP can be operated at high temperatures and
pressures, and its power requirement is low.
• An electrostatic precipitator is a type of filter (dry Fixed end moment, for fixed beam subjected to UDL is
scrubber) that uses static electricity to remove soot given by, M = 10 × 102/12 = 83.33
and ash from exhaust fumes before they exit the
Q.36. The main function of a diversion head works of a
smokestacks.
canal from a river is-
(a) To raise water level (b) To store water
(c) To control floods (d) To remove silt
Ans. (a) Diversion head works like Weir or barrage is
constructed across a perennial river to raise water level
and to divert the water to canal, is known as diversion
head work Flow of water in the canal is controlled
by canal head regulator. It controls the entry of silt into
canals and provides some poundage by creating small
pond. However, the most appropriate will be option
n
tio

‘1’.
nc

The efficiency of different types of air-filtering devices

Ju
il

is as follows :
iv
C

Gravitational Settling Chambers → < 50 %

Collectors including cyclone or dynamic → 50-90 %
Wet Scrubbers including spray tower, Venturi scrubber
→ 80-99 %
Electrostatic Precipitators → 95-99 %
Fabric Filters → > 99%
Q.35. A beam 10 m long, fixed at it ends, is subjected
to a UDL of 10 kN/m. The fixed end moment is: Q.37. The stability of sub-grade in a pavement is
(a) 83.33 kNm (b) 125 kNm influenced by-
(c) 166.67 kNm (d) 100 kNm (a) Compaction (b) Water content
Ans. (a) Fixed End Moment for different loading (c) Rigidity (d) Materials used
condition are as follows : Ans. (b) Subgrade stability refers to a soil's strength
Loading Fixed End Moment and deformation properties, which significantly
̅ AB ̅ BA influence
Condition 𝐌 𝐌
(a) The response of a sub grade to the heavy repeated
loading of construction traffic and operations,
(b) The future success of placement and compaction of
overlying layers, and
(c) The long-term performance of the pavement sub
grade.
Ideally, the sub grade should be strong enough to
prevent excessive rutting and shoving and sufficiently
stiff to minimize resilient deflection.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 18 Civil KI Goli

The most significant factor influencing the strength and Ans. (c) Harder pencils like 3H or 4H are often used for
stiffness of any fine-grained soil is moisture content. technical drawings where precision is important. These
Q.38. Combining two or more plots as a single plot is pencils leave a lighter, finer line which is ideal for
called - precise details like centre lines and section lines.
(a) Amalgamation (b) Building setback Grades of pencils :
(c) Frontage (d) Bifurcation • Pencils are graded according to the hardness or
softness of the lead.
Ans. (a) Setbacks are required at the front, rear and
sides of buildings and the specifications vary from one • The hardest pencil is 9H grade and the softest pencil
is 7B grade.
area to another. The purpose of setbacks is to ensure
one building does not infringe on • Selection of the grade of pencils depends on the type
another building's right to sunlight, ventilation, of line work required and the paper on which it is
greenery and vehicular access. used.
• Softer lead pencils are used to produce thicker and
Amalgamation means combination of two or more
darker line work, but they wear out quickly.
things. These things may be plots, buildings etc.
• Medium grades of H, and 2H are used for general line
Bifurcation is just opposite to amalgamation.
work as well as for lettering.
Frontage is the boundary between a plot of land or • Harder grade leads produce lighter and thinner lines.
a building and the road onto which the plot • Most construction line work is done with 4H, 5H, and
or building fronts. Frontage may also refer to the full 6H pencil leads, producing thin but also sufficiently
length of this boundary. dark by exerting pressure.
Q.39. Keeping in view, the feasibility order of • Depending upon the individual's touch and the style
magnitude, the preliminary, conceptual or budget of writing, the right pencil may be selected.
estimates, are prepared by -
(a) Construction manager
(b) Owner himself/herself
(c) Architect/engineer
(d) All of the options
Ans. (b)
Type of Level of Expected Prepared Other
Estimate Details Error by names
0 - 30 % of Owner Rough
constructio estimate
n ,
Q.41. Which of the following statements is correct
documents prelimin
are ary about remote sensing?
Conceptual

10 - 20 %
Estimate

available. estimate (a) The surface from which emergent radiance is

, constant in all directions is called Lambertian
feasibilit
y surface
estimate (b) The ratio of the reflected flux to incident flux is
, called reflectance which varies from 0 to 1
analogy (c) All of the options
estimate
30 - 80 % of Engineer Engineer (d) The basic property used to identify objects is called
signature
Semi-details

constructio s
± 5 - 10 %
Estimate

n Estimate
documents
Ans. (c) A Lambertian surface for reflection is a surface
are that appears uniformly bright from all directions of
available. view and reflects the entire incident light. So, option 1
80 - 100 % Contractor Contract is true.
constructio or’s
Estimate
Detailed

±2-4%

n Estimate Reflectance is the ratio of the amount of light leaving a

documents target (reflected light) to the amount of light striking
are the target (incident light). It is obvious that reflected
available. light cannot be greater than incident light, so
Q.40. Centre lines, section lines are drawn using _____ reflectance is always less than or equal to 1. So, option
Pencil 2 is also true.
(a) H (b) 2H
Spectral signature is the variation of reflectance or
(c) 3H or 4H (d) HB
emittance of a material with respect to wavelengths. It
can be used to identify the objects because every
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 19 Civil KI Goli
object has unique reflectance or emittance finely grained, homogeneous, metamorphic rock, it is
characteristics (just like human fingerprints). So, named for the way the material forms in plains, like
option 4 is also true. sheets resting on top of the other, compressed under
Q.42. The chloride content of public water supplies great pressure to create a strong bond.
should NOT exceed- Concrete tiles - are made from concrete. They are
(a) 150 mg/L (b) 50 mg/L highly durable and easy to maintain. The main
drawback of these tiles is that since these tiles are
(c) 250 mg/L (d) 80 mg/L
heavy they can increase the dead load on structure.
Ans. (c) Permissible limits for different compounds are
as follows : Q.44. Honeycombing defect in RCC members is caused
by -
Property Permissible Limits
Physical Analysis (a) Poor curing
(b) Inadequate compaction
Colour 15 ppm (Tintometer)
(c) Shock waves
Odour 3 PON (Osmoscope)
(d) Chemical reaction
Taste 5 FTN
Specific 2500 μmhos/cm (Potable Ionic Ans. (b) Honeycombing : Honeycombing refers to voids
Conductance Water Tester) in concrete caused by the mortar not filling the spaces
5 ppm (Jackon’s between the coarse aggregate particles. It usually
Turbidity becomes apparent when the formwork is stripped,
Turbidometer/Nepholometer)
Chemical Analysis revealing a rough and 'stony' concrete surface with air
Dissolved O2 ≥ 4 mg/l voids between the coarse aggregate.
Fluorides 1 – 1.5 mg/l Honeycombing is always an aesthetic problem, and
500 mg/l – Allowable, ≥ 2000 depending on the depth and extent may reduce both
Total Solids the durability performance and the structural strength
mg/l - Rejected
6.5 to 8.5 (pH meter, of the member.
pH Causes of Honey combing :
potentiometer)
• Holes and gaps in the formwork allowing some of the
n

0 mg/l – Domestic, 50 mg/l -

tio

Acidity
nc

Construction mortar to drain out of the concrete.

Ju

250 mg/l – Allowable, ≥ 600 mg/l • Inadequate compaction

Alkalinity
il

• Improper placement of the reinforcement.

iv

- Rejected
C

75 ppm – Industrial, 115 ppm – To minimise the honeycombed concrete :

Hardness Domestic • Ensure the mix has sufficient fines to fill the voids
600 ppm – Rejected between the coarse aggregate.
250 mg/l – Allowable, ≥ 600 mg/l • Use a mix with appropriate workability for the
Chlorides
- Rejected situation in which it is to be placed.
Ammonia 0.5 ppm • Ensure the concrete is fully compacted and the
Albuminoid placing methods minimise the risk of segregation.
0.5 ppm
Nitrogen • Ensure the reinforcement layout and the section
Nitrites Not allowable shape will permit the concrete to flow around the
Nitrates 45 ppm reinforcement and completely fill the forms.
Q.43. Mangalore Tiles belong to the category of - • Check that the formwork is rigid and well braced, the
(a) Concrete tiles (b) Burnt clay tiles joints are watertight.
(c) Mosaic tiles (d) Slate tiles Q.45. Cavity wall is generally provided for-
Ans. (b) Mangalore tiles - are a type of tile native to the (a) Sound insulation
city of Mangalore, India. These red coloured clay tiles, (b) Heat insulation
unique in shape and size. Since these clay tiles are (c) All of the options
molded under extreme heat, they are resistant to (d) Prevention of dampnes
damage or destruction from fire. Ans. (c)
Mosaic tile - is any combination of materials such as Hollow or Cellular or Cavity bricks :
glass, ceramic, porcelain or stone, usually set in a small
• They are light in weight about one-third the weight of
format and set on a mesh sheet for easy installation.
the ordinary brick of the same size.
They are used in backsplash, shower, bath or floor.
• They also reduce the transmission of heat, sound and
Slate tile - is a type of natural stone which is quarried damp.
from the side of mountains or taken from the earth. A

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 20 Civil KI Goli

• Such bricks have wall thickness of about 20 mm to 25 (d) 19 cm × 9 cm × 9 cm
mm. Ans. (d) The nominal and actual size of the brick is
• They are prepared from special homogeneous clay. taken as :
• These bricks can be laid almost about four times as Type of Brick Actual size Nominal size
fast as the ordinary bricks.
• They are used in the construction of brick Standard 19 cm × 9 cm 20 cm × 10 cm × 10
partitioning. modular brick × 9 cm cm
Q.46. In the slope deflection method, the equations are Standard
19 cm × 9 cm 20 cm × 10 cm × 5
derived using- modular brick
× 4 cm cm
(a) Method of joints tile
(b) Moment area theorems Q.48. The common type of staircase in buildings with
(c) Castigliano theorems two consecutive 90° direction changes at mid-landing
(d) Double integration method slab level is:
Ans. (b) Moment Area Theorems are as follows : (a) Straight Flight Staircase
Theorem 1 : The change in slope between any two (b) Ramp
points on the elastic curve equals the area of the M/EI (c) Spiral Staircase
diagram between two points. (d) Dog-legged Staircase
Ans. (d) A dog-legged stairs is called from its being bent
or crooked suddenly round in fancied resemblance to
dog’s hind leg.
It consists of two flights of steps which run in opposite
direction. No space is provided between the flights in
plan. Usually a half space landing placed across the two
Theorem 2 : The vertical deviation of the tangent at a flights at change of direction. This type to
point A on the elastic curve with respect to the tangent accommodate two widths of flights of stair is useful
extended from another B equals the moment of the where width of the stair hall is just sufficient.
area under the M/EI diagram between the two points Spiral Staircase : These stairs consist of same sized
A and B. This moment computed about point A where winders provided at a constant deflecting angle to offer
the deviation is to be determine. continuous change in direction along within elevation.
Using the above theorems the slope deflection They radiate around a central newel post and occupy
equation is derived where slope and deflections are the least space.
taken as unknowns. Overall diameter of such stairs (winders) may range
The general slope deflection equation for a beam is from 1 m to 2.5 m. The stairs are not comfortable as
given as, they are full of winders and continuously change the
direction.
Ramp : A sloping surface joining two different levels, as
at the entrance or between floors of a building is
𝟐𝐄𝐈 𝟑𝚫
known as Ramp.
𝐌𝐀𝐁 = 𝐌𝐅𝐀𝐁 + (𝟐𝛉𝐀 + 𝛉𝐁 − )
𝐥 𝐥 Q.49. What is the conveyor system used for
𝟐𝐄𝐈 𝟑𝚫 transporting loose materials like soil, ores, coal,
𝐌𝐁𝐀 = 𝐌𝐅𝐁𝐀 + (𝟐𝛉𝐁 + 𝛉𝐀 − )
𝐥 𝐥 concrete, etc. without the need for full total enclosure?
MFAB, MFBA – Fixed end moments at A and B respectively (a) Belt conveyor (b) Screw conveyor
(c) Bucket conveyor (d) Roller conveyor
due to the given loading.
Ans. (a) A conveyor belt is the carrying medium of a
θA, θB – Slopes A and B respectively belt conveyor system.
A belt conveyor system consists of two or more pulleys
Δ – Sinking of support A with respect to B
(sometimes referred to as drums), with an endless loop
Q.47. As per Indian Standard, the modular size of bricks of carrying medium—the conveyor belt—that rotates
is- about them. One or both of the pulleys are powered,
moving the belt and the material on the belt forward.
(a) 25 cm × 22 cm × 22 cm
The powered pulley is called the drive pulley while the
(b) 21 cm × 10 cm × 10 cm
unpowered pulley is called the idler pulley.
(c) 18 cm × 9 cm × 9 cm

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 21 Civil KI Goli

By screw conveyors, the material is transported by (c) 75 mm (d) 7.5 mm
rotation of helical screws which moves material is Ans. (c)
forward direction in tube from feed point to discharge
K = Multiplying Constant
point.
C = additive constant
A bucket conveyor is s mechanism of hauling flow able
bulk materials vertically. Anallactic lens is a special case in which k = 100 and c =
0. The type of lens used in anallactic telescope is convex
Q.50. According to the concept of limit state design as lens.
per IS-456 : 2000, the probability of failure of a
Horizontal distance, D = ks + c
structure is:
D = 0.75 × 100 + 0 = 75 m
(a) 0.8 (b) 0.9
(c) 0.0975 (d) 0.08 Q.53. In an aircraft, the fuselage includes
(a) Passenger's chamber
Ans. (c) The probability of failure of a structure as per
IS: 456-2000 is 0.0975, probability of not failing under (b) Tail of aircraft
loads = 95% = 0.095. (c) All of the options
Probability of not failing under material strength (d) Pilot's cabin
criteria = 95% = 0.95 Ans. (c) In an aircraft, the fuselage is the main body of
Overall probability of not failing is 0.95 × 0.95 = 0.9025 the machine, excluding the wings, tail, engines, and
Overall probability of failure = 1 – 0.9025 = 0.0975 other appendages. It is generally a long, slender
≈ 0.098 structure that houses the following:
Q.51. The crossing angle at the level crossing of road- Passenger's chamber - This is the area where
rail crossing should NOT be less than- passengers sit and is contained within the fuselage.
Tail of aircraft - Although the tail is often considered
(a) 20° (b) 30°
separately when discussing the components of an
(c) 25° (d) 45° aircraft, it is struc turally integrated with (and
Ans. (d) The angle of crossing between the centre line therefore
n

of the road and that of the railway track should

tio

Part of) The fuselage.

nc

ordinarily not be lower than 45 degrees* in the case of Pilot's cabin - Also known as the cockpit, this is where
Ju

Class I, Class II and Class III roads. For Class IV roads, the the pilot controls the aircraft from, and it is located at
il
iv

angle of crossing should be 90 degrees.

C

the front of the fuselage.

So, all of the options listed contribute to the structure
of the fuselage.
Q.54. Total distance covered in total time is termed as
(a) Average speed (b) Variable speed
(c) Uniform speed (d) Instantaneous speed
Ans. (a) Speed is the scalar measure of the rate of
movement of a body expressed either as the distance
traveled divided by the time taken.
• Distance is a scalar quantity that refers to "how much
ground an object has covered" during its motion.
• Displacement is a vector quantity that refers to "how
far out of place an object is".
It is the object's overall change in position.
• Average speed is the average of all instantaneous
speeds. It is found simply by a distance/time ratio.
• Velocity is defined as a vector measurement of the
rate and direction of motion of an object.
DETAILS OF WHISTLE BOARD ON THE APPROACH OF A
LEVEL CROSSING Velocity formula when an object moving in a straight
line: r = d / t.
Q.52. If the intercept on a vertical staff is observed as
r is the rate or speed, d is the distance moved, t is the
0.75 m from a tacheometer, the horizontal distance
time it takes to complete the movement.
between tacheometer and staff station is:
(a) 50 mm (b) 25 mm • A body moving with a constant speed has velocity
without acceleration.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 22 Civil KI Goli

Q.55. Which of the following metals are mixed with Q.57. In building estimation, the specifications are
chromium to make stainless steel? classified as-
(a) Copper and Chromium (B) Nickel and iron (a) General and valued specifications
(C) Copper and Nickel (D)Copper and Silver (b) General and secondary Specifications
(c) General and preliminary specifications
Ans. (b) Stainless steel is formed by alloying iron with
(d) General and detailed specifications
nickel and chromium in order to prevent rusting of
iron. Ans. (d) Specifications describe the nature and the
class of the work, materials to be used in the work,
Q.56. The zero of the graduated circle of a prismatic
workmanship etc. and is very important for the
compass is located at-
execution of the work.
(a) South end (b) East end
Specification should be clear to estimate the cost of
(c) West end (d) North end work.
Ans. (a) A prismatic compass is a navigation and There are two types of specifications :
surveying instrument which is extensively used to find 1. General specifications : General specifications
out the bearing of the traversing. It is the most provide a very brief explanation about construction
convenient and portable form of magnetic compass materials and construction work. Generally, Architect
which can either be used as a hand instrument or can mentioned these specifications on a drawing, which
be fitted on a tripod. helps for estimating the construction work.
The graduated circle of a prismatic compass and These specifications are not a part of contract. These
surveyor compass is shown in the figure below: specifications help about knowing the name of
different materials, their ratios, and quantities.
2. Detailed Specifications : The detailed specifications
form a part of a contract document. They specify the
qualities, quantities and proportions of materials and
the method of preparation and execution for a
particular item of works in a project.
The detailed specifications of the different items of the
work are prepared separately and they describe what
From observation :
the work should be and how they shall be executed.
The zero of a graduated circle is marked at the south
While writing the detailed specifications, the same
end for the prismatic compass.
order sequence as the work is to be carried out is to be
Some other differences between the two compass are maintained.
as follows :
Q.58. Engine Sheds are used for
Surveyor’s (a) Help to change direction
Item Prismatic Compass
Compass (b) To help for sideway shifting
Needle Broad type Edge bar type (c) Maintenance and repair
Free to float along (d) Help to change engine
Attached to the
Scale with broad type
box Ans. (c) Engine sheds, also known as locomotive sheds,
magnetic needle
roundhouses, or depots, are buildings used for the
Quadrantal
Bearing Whole circle bearing storage and maintenance of locomotives.
bearing
Inverted (as • They are equipped with the necessary infrastructure,
graduation have to like inspection pits, cranes, and large doors, to allow
Graduations Direct for easy access, service, and repair of the engines.
be observed
through a prism) Q.59. The fall which is used to minimise the
Sighting is to disturbance and water impact at the fall is -
be done first (a) Inglis falls (b) Rapid falls
and then the (c) Sarda Type falls (d) Ogee falls
Sighting & Can be done
surveyor has to
Reading simultaneously Ans. (d) Ogee Fall:
read the
northern end • In this type of fall, an ogee curve (a combination of
of the needle convex curve and concave curve) is provided for
Tripod Not essential Essential carrying the canal water from higher level to lower
level.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 23 Civil KI Goli

• The gradual convex and concave profiles of the ogee sections. These cross-sections may develop fully plastic
fall help in reducing the impact of water and minimize stress distribution across the entire cross-section but
disturbance, ensuring the stability of the canal bed and do not have adequate ductility. The stress distributions
banks. for these sections are rectangular.
• This fall is recommended when the natural ground 3. Semi-compact – Cross sections, in which the extreme
surface suddenly changes to a steeper slope along the fiber in compression can reach yield stress but cannot
alignment of the canal. develop the plastic moment of resistance due to local
• There is a heavy drawdown on the u/s side resulting buckling are called semi-compact or non-compact
in lower depth, higher velocities and consequent bed sections. These sections are used in the elastic design
erosion. and the stress distribution for such sections is
• Kinetic energy is not well dissipated due to smooth triangular.
transition. 4. Slender – Cross sections in which the elements
buckle locally even before the attainment of yield
stress are classed as slender sections.
The cross-section which may develop plastic stress
distribution fully but does not have adequate ductility
is classified as a compact section.
Q.61. Which of the following lines are used to show
that the object is cut and then viewed?
(a) Hidden lines (b) Centre lines
(c) Hatching lines (d) Leader lines
Ans. (c) Hidden lines : These are used to represent
features that can't be seen in the current view.
Centre lines : These are used to indicate the axial
symmetry of a component or to represent a path of
n

motion.
tio
nc

Hatching lines : These are used in sectional views to

Ju

indicate the surface that is cut during the sectioning

il
iv

process. Hatching, or cross hatching, represents the

C

area of the object that has been "cut away" to reveal

interior details of the object in the drawing.
Leader lines : Leader lines are lines that connect an
Q.60. To ensure that compression flange of a beam is annotation to a feature on a drawing. They help in
restrained from moving laterally, the cross section organizing the drawing and guide the reader to the
must be ____ correct annotation.
Q.62. Which method is adopted to develop an
(a) Semi-compact (b) Slender approximate or conceptual estimate for perimeter
(c) Plastic (d) Thin works for buildings from the following?
Ans. (c) To ensure that the compression flange of the (a) Cost per square metre method
beam is restrained from moving laterally, the cross- (b) Cost per linear metre method
section must be plastic or compact. If significant (c) Base unit method
ductility is required, the section must invariably be (d) Cost per function method
plastic. Ans. (b) Perimeter is a linear quantity, so any
The different types of the section are as follows : task/works based on perimeter quantity is
1. Plastic - Cross-sections, which can develop plastic best/conceptually estimated by cost per linear meter
hinges and have, the rotation capacity required for the method.
failure of the structure by formation of a plastic Similarly, works involving measurement in area may be
mechanism, are called plastic sections. The stress best estimated by cost per square metre method.
distribution for these sections is rectangular. Base unit method is ideal for project involving
2. Compact - Cross-sections, which can develop the repetitive work, wherein the detailed cost of one
plastic moment of resistance, but have inadequate unit/function is estimated and multiplied to obtain the
plastic hinge rotation capacity for the formation of a total cost.
plastic mechanism before buckling classed as compact
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 24 Civil KI Goli
For project involving very different nature of work may Ans. (c) Reverse osmosis (RO) is a typical cross-flow
be estimated by cost per function method. filtration methods that use membranes with different
Q.63. The hardest among the natural stones listed here pore sizes to effect separation based on size and shape.
is- • RO has a membrane with the smallest pores and is
(a) Limestone (b) Marble used to separate water from other solutes.
(c) Slate (d) Granite • Cross flow filtration system shares the most
similarities with reverse osmosis, as both utilize
Ans. (d) Granite is hard, coarse-grained rocks of
pressurized flow and semipermeable membranes to
crystalline structure.
achieve separation while minimizing clogging.
• It is a type of igneous rocks (plutonic rocks).
Q.67. If the soil is of expansive type, like in Black Cotton
• Granites can be predominantly white, pink, or grey in
Soil, then the best foundation type is -
colour, depending on their mineralogy.
• These rocks mainly consist of feldspar, quartz, mica, (a) End bearing pile (b) Batter pile
and amphibole minerals. (c) Friction pile (d) Under-reamed pile
• It contains 20% and 60% quartz by volume, and at Ans. (d) Black cotton soil is an expansive soil having
least 35% of the total feldspar. clay mineral (montmorillonite) which is responsible for
Q.64. In horizontal curves of Railway Tracks, Negative the excessive swelling and shrinkage characteristics of
Super elevation means- the soil.
(a) Negative super elevation is not at all possible in any To construct the structure under this type of soil, an
curve under-reamed pile is been provided. These piles are
(b) Both the outer and inner rails are at the same level taken to depths below the zone of seasonal variation in
(c) Outer rail is at a higher level than the inner rail moisture content.
(d) Outer rail is at a lower level than the inner rail Under-reamed pile
Ans. (d) Cant or Superelevation : It is the amount by • An under-reamed pile is a special type of bored pile
which one rail is raised above the other rail. which is provided with a bulb at the end.
• The usual size of such piles is 150 to 200 mm shaft
It is positive when the outer rail on a curved track is
diameter and 3 to 4 m long.
raised above inner rail and is negative when the inner
rail on a curved track is raised above the outer rail. Q.68. The head of water over the centre of an orifice of
diameter 20 mm is 1 m. The actual discharge through
Q.65. The rear wheels do not follow the same path as
the orifice is 0.85 litre/s. Find the coefficient of
that of the front wheels. This phenomenon is called:
discharge.
(a) Extra widening (b) Coning of wheel
(a) 1.4 (b) 0.61
(c) Transition curve (d) Off tracking
(c) 0.2 (d) 1
Ans. (d) On a horizontal curve, the pavement is
Ans. (b) Discharge through the orifice is given by :
widened slightly more than the normal width. The
prime objective of widening the pavement is that when Qtheo = A x V
a vehicle takes a turn to negotiate a horizontal curve, Area of orifice is given by:
the rear wheels do not follow the same path as that of 𝝅
𝑨 = × 𝑫𝟐
the front wheels. This phenomenon is known as off 𝟒
tracking. Where,
Off tracking can be calculated as : D = diameter of orifice = 0.020 m
𝐥𝟐 𝑽 = √𝟐𝒈𝒉
𝐎𝐟𝐟 𝐭𝐫𝐚𝐜𝐤𝐢𝐧𝐠 =
𝟐𝐑 h = head of water over the orifice = 1 m
Where, 𝝅
𝑨 = × 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐𝟎𝟐 = 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 × 𝟏𝟎−𝟒 𝒎𝟐
𝟒
l = length of the wheel base = 6.1 m, and R = mean
𝒎
radius of a horizontal curve 𝑽 = √𝟐 × 𝟗. 𝟖𝟏 × 𝟏 = 𝟒. 𝟒𝟐
𝒔
Q.66. Reverse Osmosis is a type of -4
Qtheo = 3.14 x 10 x 4.42 = 1.39 litres/sec
(a) Micro filtration
Discharge coefficient = Qactual / Qtheoretical = 0.85 / 1.39 =
(b) Dead end filtration system
0.61
(c) Cross flow filtration system
Q.69. If a beam or column becomes weak or found to
(d) Ion exchange method
be insufficient, the most effective way to increase its
strength is by ____

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 25 Civil KI Goli

(a) Grouting (b) Plate Bonding 𝟏 𝐖𝟐
Strain Energy per unit volume = ×
𝟐 𝑨𝟐 𝑬
(c) Jacketing (d) Micro concreting
Ans. (c) Jacketing : It is a technique used to increase W/A is equal to the stress developed,
the strength of existing structural members (e.g.
Columns, Beams, etc.) by providing a “Jacket” of 𝟏 𝝈𝟐
Strain Energy per unit volume = ×
additional material around the existing member. This 𝟐 𝑬

additional material can be of several types e.g. In case of suddenly applied loads,
concrete, steel or FRP, etc. Strain Energy stored = W x δ
Grouting : Grout is a dense fluid which is used to fill Hence,
gaps or used as reinforcement in existing structures. It
is generally a mixture of water, cement, and sand and 𝐖𝟐 𝐋
is employed in pressure grouting, embedding rebar in Strain Energy per unit volume
𝐀𝐄×𝐀×𝐋
masonry walls, connecting sections of pre-cast 𝛔𝟐
concrete, filling voids, and sealing joints such as those Strain Energy per unit volume =
𝐄
between tiles.
Comparing both the equations, we get stress
Process of grout application is known as grouting.
developed due to application of a load suddenly is two
Plate Bonding : Carbon fibre fabric/ steel plates used to times that due to same load being applied gradually.
strengthen the columns and beams using a wrapping
technique is known as plate bonding. It requires Q.71. The ratio of the moment of inertia to the span
detailed structural engineering and skilled works and length is called-
supervision. (a) Relative stiffness
Single or multiple layers of uni or bi-directional fabric (b) Distribution factor
are impregnated with resin adhesive are applied to (c) Stiffness of the member
sections such as beams and columns to improve (d) Carry over factor
strength. Ans. (a) Stiffness : Stiffness of a member at a joint is
Micro concreting : Micro concrete is a dry ready mix equal to moment required to produce unit rotation at
n
tio

Cementitious based composition formulated for use in that joint. Mathematically it can be represented as:
nc

𝐄𝐈
Ju

repairs of areas where the concrete is damaged & the

𝐊=
il

area is restricted in movement making the placement 𝐋

iv
C

of conventional concrete difficult., It is supplied as a Relative stiffness: The ratio of stiffness of a member at
ready to use dry powder which requires only addition a joint to its elastic modulus of material is known as
of clean water at site to produce a free flowing non Relative stiffness or it is the ratio of the moment of
shrink repair micro concrete. inertia to the span length. Mathematically it can be
Q.70. Stress developed due to application of a load represented as:
𝐄𝐈 𝐈
suddenly is ______ times that due to same load Being 𝐑𝐞𝐥𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐯𝐞 𝐬𝐭𝐢𝐟𝐟𝐧𝐞𝐬𝐬 = =
𝐄𝐋 𝐋
applied gradually. Carry over factor : The ratio of carry over moment at
(a) 0.5 (b) 2.0 far end to the applied moment at the near end is called
(c) 4.0 (d) 1.0 carry over factor.
Ans. (b) In case of gradually applied loads, the Distribution factor : It is the ratio of stiffness of a
magnitude of load is increased gradually from zero to member at a joint to the total stiffness of all members
the value of that the load say “W”, Hence the work at that joint.
done by the load on the member in stretching it equals Q.73. The value of the toughness index of most of soils
the product of the average load and the displacement lies between -
δ. (a) 0 to 3 (b) 1 to 3.5
𝐖𝐋
𝛅 = (c) 31 to 3 (d) 0 to 3.5
𝐀𝐄
Work done = 0.5 x W x δ Ans. (a) Toughness Index (It) : It is the ratio of plasticity
𝟏 𝐖𝟐 𝐋 index and flow index.
𝐖𝐨𝐫𝐤 𝐝𝐨𝐧𝐞 = ×
𝟐 𝐀𝐄 Toughness index signifies the shear strength of soil at
plastic limit.
This work done is stored in the form of strain energy in
𝑰𝒑
the member, Therefore, Strain energy per unit volume ∴ 𝑰𝒕 =
𝑰𝑭
is equals to the,
Where, Ip = Plasticity Index = (wL - wp), and
𝟏 𝐖𝟐 𝑳
Strain Energy per unit volume = ×
𝟐 𝑨𝑬×𝑨×𝑳

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 26 Civil KI Goli

 𝐖𝟏 −𝐖𝟐
𝐈𝐅 = 𝐅𝐥𝐨𝐰 𝐢𝐧𝐝𝐞𝐱 = 𝐍
Q.77. According to Archimedes principle, the upward
𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟏𝟎 ( 𝟐 ) force experienced by a body immersed in a fluid is
𝐍𝟏

Where, equal to which of the following?

wL = moisture content at liquid limit, wp = moisture (a) Total weight of the body and the fluid
content at plastic limit, and N = Number of blows (b) Weight of the body
For most of the soil, toughness index lies between 0-3. (c) Weight of the fluid displaced by the body
(d) Weight of the total fluid
For friable soil, toughness, index is less than 1 it means
at can be easily crushed at plastic limit. Ans. (c) Archimedes' principle states that the upward
buoyant force that is exerted on a body immersed in a
Q.74. The default position of the UCS icon is positioned
fluid, whether fully or partially submerged, is equal to
at _____ on the AutoCAD grid.
the weight of the fluid that the body displaces and acts
(a) 0, 0, 0 (b) 10, 10, 10 in the upward direction at the center of mass of the
(c) 20, 20, 20 (d) 30, 30, 30 displaced fluid.
Ans. (a) The UCS (User Coordinate System) in AutoCAD Q.78. Match the following.
is the system that allows a user to determine an
List – I List – II
object's position in 3D space. By default, the UCS icon
A) Type of beam 1. Connecting
— which visually represents the orientation of the UCS
connection members used
axes in the drawing area — is located at the origin of
B) Framed Connection 2. Flange cleats only
the workspace/grid, which is at the coordinates (0, 0,
C) Un-stiffened seated 3. Flange and web
0).
connection clips
Q.75. Which of the following is the dimensional D) Stiffened seated 4. Web cleat only
formula for the specific speed of a turbine? connection
𝟏 𝟑 𝟓
− (a) A – 1, B – 3, C – 2, D - 4
(a) 𝐌 𝟐 𝐋𝟒 𝐓 𝟐

𝟏
−
𝟏 𝟓 (b) A – 4, B – 3, C – 2, D - 1
(b) 𝑴𝟐 𝑳 𝟒 𝑻−𝟐 (c) A – 3, B – 1, C – 4, D - 2
𝟑 𝟑
(c) 𝑳𝟒 𝑻−𝟐 (d) A – 3, B – 4, C – 2, D - 1
𝟏 𝟑 𝟓
Ans. (d) Types of beam connection : Two or more
(d) 𝑴𝟐 𝑳−𝟒 𝑻−𝟐
beams at a junction are connected each other using
either flange or web clips.
Ans. (b) Framed Connection : Framed connection are usually
𝐍𝐬 =
𝐍√𝐏 connected through web cleats only as shown in the
𝟓
(𝐇)𝟒 figure below:
Where N = speed in rpm, P = Power in kW, H = Head in
meter
𝟏/𝟐
[𝐓 −𝟏 ][𝐌 𝟏 𝐋𝟐 𝐓 −𝟑 ]
𝐍𝐬 =
[𝐋]𝟓/𝟒

𝟏 −𝟏 −𝟓
𝐍𝐬 [𝑴𝟐 𝑳 𝟒 𝑻 𝟒 ]
Stiffened and unstiffened beam seated connections are
Q.76. In order to determine the effects of force, acting
depicted in the figure below :
on body, we must know
(a) magnitude of the force
(b) line of action of the force
(c) nature of the force, i. e., whether the force is push
or pull
(d) All of the above
Ans. (d) The effects of force, acting on the body, we
must know these details are as follows :
• the magnitude of the force It can be clearly observed, the unstiffened connection
• line of action of the force requires flange cleat only, and an additional connecting
member is used for stiffened connection.
• nature of the force, i. e., whether the force is push or
pull

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 27 Civil KI Goli

Q.79. When an object is viewed from different Elasticity : The property of a body by virtue of which
directions and from different distances, the the body can recover its original shape and size after
appearance of the object will be different. Such a view removal of the deforming force.
is called___________. Scientist Hooke has given a law regarding this. The law
(a) Perspective view is "Under elastic limit, stress is proportional to strain".
(b) Axonometric projection As per this law, we get the Elastic constant or modulus
(c) Oblique projection of elasticity and it is denoted by the symbol E.
(d) Isometric projection Value of this modulus of elasticity is different for
Ans. (a) Perspective View : These are most realistic different material.
drawings. Our eyes see objects in perspective. There The SI unit of this is Nm-2 or Pascal.
are three types of perspective projections: one, two- Elasticity constant is of three types :
and three-point perspective projections.
Elasticity
Oblique Projection : These are least realistic. Only one
constant Symbol Formula
or two faces in oblique projections have true shape and
name
size. There are three types of oblique projections:
Longitudinal
cabinet, cavalier and general. Young's
Y stress/Longitudinal
Axonometric Projection : These are more realistic than modulus
strain
oblique. Horizontal edges of an object in axonometric
Bulk Volume stress/Volume
projections are parallel to each other and inclined to K
Modulus strain
the plane. There are three types of axonometric
Rigidity Tangential stress/
projections: isometric, dimetric and trimetric. η
modulus Tangential strain
Isometric (meaning “equal measure”) is a type of
Q.81. The densification of a soil by means of
parallel (axonometric) projection, where the X and Z
mechanical manipulation is called
axes are inclined to the horizontal plane at the angle of
30⁰. The angle between axonometric axes equals 120⁰. (a) Compressibility
(b) Soil stabilization
n
tio

(c) Compression
nc

(d) Compaction
Ju
il
iv

Ans. (d) Compaction : It is the process in which the soil

C

particles are forced into a denser state by mechanical

means, thus decreasing the air voids and hence
porosity also reduces.
• It is an instantaneous phenomenon. Commonly used
equipment is rammer, roller, etc.
Consolidation : It is a gradual reduction in the volume
of the fully saturated soil due to the dissipation of
excess pore water pressure, set up due to an increase
in effective stress. It is a time-dependent phenomenon.
Consolidation is believed to occur in three stages:-
(a) Immediate consolidation : It occurs if the soil is
initially partially saturated and expulsion of air and
lateral expansion of soil takes place.
Q.80. The restoring force per unit area set up inside a
(b) Primary consolidation : It occurs due to the
body is called
expulsion of pore water pressure and depends on the
(a) Stress (b) Mass magnitude of stress increase, the compressibility and
(c) Strain (d) Elasticity thickness of the soil layer.
Ans. (a) Stress : The restoring force per unit area set up (c) Secondary consolidation : It is thought to occur due
inside a body produced by the application of a to the gradual readjustment of clay particles into a
deforming force. more stable configuration following the structural
Strain : The relative change in the shape of the body disturbance caused due to decrease in void ratio. It
due to the stress. occurs in a very long time.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 28 Civil KI Goli

Q.82. The cheapest way to prevent the formation of • The big advantage of using slipform pavers is that
diagonal bottom corner cracks in windows can be they can work to tight margins and create a smooth,
prevented by - finished product without the need for any hand
(a) Providing RCC frame all round the rectangular finishing, increasing productivity, and efficiency.
opening • The machine works by spreading, consolidating, and
(b) Providing Sill Beam finishing the concrete in one continuous operation,
(c) Using Concrete blocks for wall instead of bricks and are typically used when high-production paving
(d) Providing circular shaped window openings instead rates and/or pavement quality are the main job
of rectangular openings requirements.
Ans. (b) Sill is the bottom surface of a door or a window • The slipform paver spreads the concrete out,
opening. It is thus a horizontal member of brick, stone, essentially 'slipping' over the finished product. A
concrete or wood provided to give support for the constant amount of concrete is then supplied to the
vertical members of the opening, and also to shed off paver, which shapes the concrete to the correct
the rain water from the face of the wall. shape and surface level using vibrators or oscillators
to compact the material. After this, a finishing beam
Sills tone when provided, are so dressed that they
smooths out any small irregularities, and finally, a
prevent the entry of water to the interior of
texture is applied to the concrete before it
building. The main functioning of the sill is to prevent
completely hardens.
the formation of diagonal bottom corner cracks in
doors and windows. Q.84. Medium thickness line-group of 2 mm are not
The typical cross sections for the wall is depicted below used for
: (a) Dotted lines (b) Out lines
(c) Cutting plane -lines (d) Dimension lines
Ans. (d) Outlines, dotted lines and cutting plane lines
are drawn using 2-mm thickness lines. Whereas centre
lines, section lines dimension lines, Extension line,
construction line are drawn using 1 mm thickness lines.
Q.85. Which finishing covers with a new protective
layer over the whole surface area of walls constructed
by brick or block Masonry?
(a) Plastering (b) False Ceiling
(c) Grouting (d) Pointing
Ans. (a) Plaster : It is a thin layer of mortar applied over
the masonry (brick or block) surface and it acts as a
damp-proof coat over the brick masonry work.
• Plastering also provides a finished surface over the
masonry that is firm and smooth hence it enhances
the appearance of the building.
Pointing : It is the finishing of mortar joints in brick or
stone masonry construction.
Circular shaped window is less susceptible to cracks but Grouting : It is refers to the injection of pumpable
it’s costlier as compare to the rectangular framework materials into a soil or rock formation to change its
due to skilled labour and form work requirement. physical characteristics.
Q.83. Slipform Paver is an equipment used for False ceilings : They are often secondary ceilings that
constructing - are hung below the main ceiling with the help of
(a) Walls (b) Precast suspension cords or struts.
elements Q.86. Long narrow diameter steel pipes are used for
(c) Chimney (d) Pavements conveying fresh concrete down to deep depths,
especially below water bodies.
Ans. (d) Slipform paving is a method constructed with
the use of slipform pavers. These machines are used for These pipes are called as -
the rapid and continuous placing of a wide variety of (a) Pumping Pipes (b) Transaction Pipe
concrete structures, including roads and pavements, (c) Tremie Pipe (d) Down Pipe
though they can be used for other applications such as
barriers and gutters.
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 29 Civil KI Goli
Ans. (c) Tremie pipe is a long narrow diameter steel The height of the driver’s eye above the road surface is
pipes which are used for conveying fresh concrete assumed as 1.2 meters.
down to deep depths, especially below water bodies. Eye’s level of the driver/pilot is very essential factor in
Tremie Pipe Concreting : It is suitable for underwater deciding the various geometric design factor for
concreting. A tremie pipe is fitted with a funnel at the highway and runway respectively.
top to facilitate pouring of concrete. The bottom end is Q.89. The ratio of the head recovered to the head put
closed with a plug or thick polyethylene sheet and in, is known as
made to rest at the point where concrete is going to be (a) Modular limit (b) Flexibility
placed. (c) Efficiency (d) Sensitivity
Pumping Pipe : It is the pipe carrying the pumped
Ans. (c) Modular limit : It is related to the energy
concrete to a particular concrete placing site.
dissipation required for obtaining modular flow in weir
Q.87. The beam outside a wall up to the floor level and flumes. It is defined as the value of the
above it is known as submergence ratio at which the real discharge deviates
(a) Purlin (b) Lintel by 1% from the discharge calculated by the head-
(c) Spandrel (d) Rafter discharge equation.
Ans. (c) Spandrel : The exterior beam in steel or The modular limit of weirs and flumes depends
concrete construction that marks the floor level basically on the degree of streamline curvature at the
between stories. control section and on the reduction of losses of kinetic
energy if any, in the downstream expansion.
• In buildings of more than one story, the spandrel is
Efficiency : In irrigation engineering, it is defined as the
the area between the sill of a window and the head
ratio of the head recovered to the head put in. Lesser
of the window below it.
is the head required for the functioning of the outlet;
• In steel or reinforced concrete structures there will
more efficient the outlet will be. Efficiency is the
sometimes be a spandrel beam extending
measure of the conversation of the head by the outlet.
horizontally from one column to another and
supporting a section of wall. Flexibility is the ratio of the rate of change of discharge
n

at an outlet to the rate of change of discharge of the

tio

Purlin and rafter are the basic members of any roof

nc

distributary channel.
structure. They are the load transmitting members of
Ju

𝒅𝒒
( )
il

the steel roof. They transmit the live load, dead load,
iv

𝒒
Flexibility, 𝐅=
C

wind load and other loads acting on them to the roof 𝒅𝝔

( )
𝝔
truss situated below them which eventually transfers
the load to the columns and then eventually to the where,
foundation. q = discharge passing through the outlet = C1yn
Q = flow rates in the distributary channels = C2Hm
y = depth of flow in the channel, H = Head on the outlet
m = outlet index, n = channel index
C1 and C2 = constant
𝐝𝐪
( )
𝐅=
𝐪
𝐝𝛠 =𝐦
𝐧
× 𝐇𝐲 × 𝐝𝐇
𝐝𝐲
( )
𝛠
F = 0 for modular outlet
𝒎 𝒚
𝐅= × for semi-modular channel, dy = dH
𝒏 𝑯
Sensitivity is the ratio of the rate of change of
Lintel : A lintel is a structural horizontal support used discharge through an outlet to the rate of change in the
to span an opening in a wall or between two vertical water surface level of distributary channel with respect
supports. to the normal depth of the flow in the channel.
Q.88. The height of the pilot's eye above the runway (
𝒅𝒒
)
𝒒
surface is assumed as Sensitivity = 𝒅𝑺 where, S = Gauge reading
( )
𝒚
(a) 4 m (b) 3 m
Proportionality is the property of the channel and an
(c) 1 m (d) 5 m
outlet is said to be proportional when the rate of
Ans. (b) The height of the pilot's eye above the runway change of outlet discharge equals to the rate of change
surface is assumed as 3 meters. of channel discharge.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 30 Civil KI Goli

 (
𝒅𝒒
𝒒
) 𝒎 𝑯 𝒐𝒖𝒕𝒍𝒆𝒕 𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒙 • It shows a couple of welded gusset bases used
Proportionality = 𝒅𝝔 =𝟏= = == commonly for moderate loads.
( ) 𝒏 𝒚 𝒄𝒉𝒂𝒏𝒏𝒆𝒍 𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒙
𝝔
• In case welded connections are used, gusset angles
will not be required.
Q.90. If the soil has a very low bearing capacity and still • Gusset materials used in the base increase the
if piles are not a feasible option, then the best choice is bearing area, consequently reducing the thickness of
(a) Mat raft (b) Individual footings the base plate as compared to the slab base.
(c) Strap foundation (d) Combined footings • Also, the gusset material supports the base plate
Ans. (a) Raft Foundation : Raft foundation is generally against bending and consequently results in still less
a thick concrete slab resting on a large area of soil thicker base plate. This kind of base may be
reinforced with steel rods and is used to support considered to be rigid.
columns or walls and transfer loads from the structure Q.92. As per IS codes, the characteristic yield strength
to the soil. for hot rolled high yield strength deformed bars is
Raft foundation may be used under the following (a) 50 N/mm2 (b) 500 N/mm2
conditions : (c) 415 N/mm2 (d) 250 N/mm2
• The soil has a low bearing capacity Ans. (c) Steel commonly used in the construction
• Load of the structure has to be distributed over a industry are :
large area (a) Mild Steel (MS) bars conforming to IS-432, Part-I.
• Individual or any other foundation area would
(b) High Yield Strength Deformed (HYSD) bars.
approximately cover 50% of the total ground area
beneath the structure Two types of HYSD bars are :
• The columns or walls are placed so closely that the (i) Hot Rolled HYSD bars conforming to IS-1139 and
individual footings would overlap (ii) Cold Worked HYSD bars conforming to IS-1786.
• Stress on soil needs to be reduced • These are also known as Cold Twisted Deformed
• There is a possibility of differential settlement in case (CTD) bars or Tor steel. The most commonly used
individual footing is used HYSD bars for RCC work are the CTD bars.
• When soil strata are unpredictable and contain As per Table Number 22 of IS 456:2000, the minimum
pockets of compressible soil characteristic yield strength for hot rolled high yield
• The basement is to be constructed strength deformed bar is 415 N/mm2.
• Any other type of footing cannot be used Q.93. Non-colloidal liquids are:
advantageously
(a) Newtonian fluids (b) Ideal fluids
(c) Dilatant fluids (d) Plastic fluids
Q.91. Under what situation will a gusseted base be
Ans. (b) A fluid having zero viscosity (i.e. it cannot
provided in a column?
offers any fluid friction) is known as ideal fluids. In
(a) Column size is larger general, an ideal fluid is one that is incompressible.
(b) Column size is smaller
• Non colloidal liquids are ideal fluids
(c) Column carries higher load
(d) Column carries lesser load • Colloidal solutions, or colloidal suspensions, are
nothing but a mixture in which the substances are
Ans. (c) When the load on the column section is too regularly suspended in a fluid. A colloid is a very tiny
large or when the axial load is accompanied by bending and small material that is spread out uniformly all
moments, usually a gusset base is provided. through another substance.
It consists of a base plate, two gusset plates and two Newtonian Fluids : These are the fluids that obey
gusset angles when bolted connections are made. Newton law of viscosity are known as Newtonian
Fluids. Newton law of viscosity states that the shear
stress on a fluid element layer is directly proportional
to the rate of shear strain.
Examples of Newtonian fluids : water, air,
kerosene.
• Dilatant fluids (shear thickening fluids) are fluids
whose viscosity increases as stress is applied.
Q.94. Minimum voids in aggregates can be obtained by
using
(a) Aggregates of varying sizes
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 31 Civil KI Goli
(b) Manufactured aggregates as a compression member. The main purpose of strut
(c) Aggregates of the same shape is to maintain the rigidity of the structure and to take
(d) Aggregates all of the same size compressive forces (axial). It is not designed to take
any gravity loads.
Ans. (a) To minimize voids in aggregates - that is,
Columns : It is the main structural member designed to
minimizing the empty spaces between the particles,
take gravity loads (axial), bending and shear. It fails in
use: Aggregates of varying sizes
compression and buckling. It is generally used in RCC
Aggregates of different sizes allow for the smaller buildings.
particles to fill in the gaps or voids between the larger
Pillar : A tall vertical structure of stone, wood, or metal,
particles. This concept is similar to the effect achieved
used as a support for a building, or as an ornament or
when you fill a container with large and small rocks; the
monument is known as Pillar. It is also used to carry
smaller rocks fill the spaces between the large rocks,
compressive force.
resulting in less empty space overall.
This technique is often used in the field of Civil Q.97. PIEV represents -
Engineering, especially in concrete mix design, where (a) Perception - Intellection – Emotion – Volition
the goal is to achieve a dense and strong mix. A well- (b) Passenger Information for Emergency Vehicle
graded aggregate - that is, an aggregate with a good (c) Process - Intimation - Execution - Valuation
representation of all size classes - is often sought for (d) Passenger – Intersection – Entry / Exit - Velocity
this purpose. Ans. (a) According to PIEV. Theory, the total time of the
Q.95. In split tension test, the nature of testing is - driver is split into four parts
(a) Cylindrical specimen is subjected to axial (1) Perception : Time to send sensation from Eye to
compression on its longitudinal curved surface area Brain
(b) Cylindrical Specimen is subjected to axial tension on (2) Intellection : Time to rearrange different thoughts
its longitudinal curved surface area analysis the situation by brain
(c) Cubical specimen is subjected to axial compression (3) Emotion : Time elapsed in Emotional sensation
on its diagonal axis (4) Volition : Time for final decision
n

(d) Cylindrical Specimen is subjected to axial

tio

Q.98. Steam curing is used in-

nc

compression on its cross sectional circular surface

Ju

area (a) Columns only

il

(b) All of the options

iv

Ans. (b) Split tensile test : In this test, length to dia ratio
C

(c) Long slabs and columns

of 2:1 is taken and placed in between horizontal plates
(d) Mass production of precast concrete
in UTM. This leads to develop compressive stress at
certain depth below the point of application of load Ans. (d) Steam curing is advantageous where early
whereas substantial portion is subjected to tensile strength gain in concrete is important or where
stress causing splitting of cylinder along the vertical additional heat is required to accomplish hydration, as
diameter. in cold weather.
Curing of concrete by steam under pressure :
• Increases the rate of gain of compressive strength of
concrete
• Reduces the shear strength of concrete
• Increases the speed of chemical reaction
Steam curing substantially reduces the time for
attaining strength for any concrete.
For pre-casting, the time for concrete to attain strength
Compressive Strength (Cube) > Compressive Strength
is considered as idling time. If this time is minimized,
(Cylinder) > Two point tensile strength > Splitting
we can have more precast elements produced in less
tensile strength
time using the same set of moulds.
Q.96. Which of the following members is/are subjected Hence steam curing is mostly adopted for pre-cast
to compressive stress? structures.
(a) Pillars (b) All of the options
Q.99. The short height wall constructed above Roof
(c) Struts (d) Columns Slab in open terrace is called as
Ans. (b) Strut : A strut is defined as a structural member (a) Boundary Wall (b) Partition Wall
subjected to compression in a direction parallel to its (c) Plinth Wall (d) Parapet Wall
longitudinal axis. Strut is generally used in a roof truss

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 32 Civil KI Goli

Ans. (d) Parapet wall : A parapet wall is a low wall,
usually enclosing a roof, or a protective barrier at the
edge of a terrace or on the side of a bridge.
The primary uses of Parapet walls are :
(i) Fall Protection for men, machinery and also the
debris that accumulates on rooftop/ balconies and
avoid possible injury to the people below
(ii) Fire Protection
(iii) Defence measure
Plinth of a building can also be described as the lowest
part of the wall of a building that appears above the
ground level.
The wall which is constructed at the plinth level is
known as Plinth wall.
Partition wall may be defined as the wall which is
provided for the purpose of dividing one room or
portion of room from another. These are designed as
non-load bearing walls.
Boundary wall : The wall which is constructed all
around the building to show the limits of the plot is
called a boundary wall
Q.100. The most reliable field test to determine the
bearing capacity of a soil is -
(a) Plate load test (b) Direct shear test
(c) Sounding test (d) Cone penetration test
Ans. (a) Plate load test is a field test, which is
performed to determine the ultimate bearing capacity
of soil and the probable settlement under a given load.
This test is very popular for selection and design of
shallow foundation.
This test is performed at the level of foundation by
putting a test plate of size 30 cm or 45 cm which may
be circular or square (made of mild steel). The load is
applied on the test plate with hydraulic jack and
settlement is recorded which is further used to
calculate the bearing capacity of soil.
This test is most reliable as this test is done under insitu
conditions.
Other advantages - Being able to understand the
foundation behaviour under loading condition,
Evaluation of bearing capacity of soil at a certain depth
and prediction of settlement for a certain load, Time
and cost efficient, Easy to perform.
Direct shear test is used to measure the shear strength
of soil.
Cone penetration test is a method used to determine
the geotechnical engineering properties of soils.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 33 Civil KI Goli

 Ans. (a) The quantity of heat required to raise the
RRB JE 28 Aug 2019 temperature of the unit mass of a material by one
Shift 2 CBT-II Paper degree Celsius is called specific heat.
• Specific heat is often denoted by the symbol "C" and
Q.01. In which of the classes of lever is fulcrum placed
is expressed in units such as joules per gram per
between effort and load?
degree Celsius (J/g°C) or calories per gram per degree
(a) Class 3 (b) Class 1 Celsius (cal/g°C).
(c) Class 4 (d) Class 2 • Materials with higher specific heat require more heat
Ans. (b) Levers are simple machines consisting of a energy to raise their temperature, and they tend to
rigid bar that pivots around a fixed point called the retain heat for longer periods.
fulcrum. • Water, for example, has a relatively high specific
• The three classes of levers, designated as Class 1, heat, making it effective for storing and moderating
Class 2, and Class 3, are categorized based on the temperature changes in various systems.
relative positions of the fulcrum, the applied force Q.03. What is the unit of refractive index?
(effort), and the resistance (load). (a) m/s (b) No unit
Class 1 Lever : The fulcrum is placed between the effort (c) m -1
(d) Dioptre
and the load.
Ans. (b) Refractive index (n) : The ratio of the speed of
• Examples: Seesaw, crowbar, scissors. light in a vacuum to speed of light in a medium is called
Class 2 Lever : The load is between the fulcrum and the the refractive index of that medium. it has no unit.
effort. Speed oflight in vacuum (c)
• Mechanical Advantage: The load arm is always longer
n = Speed oflight in medium (v)
than the effort arm, providing a mechanical Q.04. When one body rolls over the surface of another
advantage. body, the resistance to its motion is called
• Examples: Wheelbarrow, nutcracker.
(a) Rolling friction (b) Electrostatic friction
Class 3 Lever : Effort is between the fulcrum and the
(c) Sliding friction (d) Static friction
n

load.
tio

Ans. (a) For a moving solid body, there are 2 principal

nc

• Mechanical Advantage: The effort arm is always

Ju

types of friction are following

shorter than the load arm, providing a mechanical
il
iv

disadvantage. • Rolling friction

C

• Examples : Human arm (elbow joint), tweezers. • Sliding friction

 On a surface, The force resisting the motion of a
rolling body is known as Rolling resistance or Rolling
friction.
• The Rolling of a wheel or ball on the ground is an
example of Rolling friction.
 In Sliding friction, there is a restriction on the
movement of the body as only one side of the body
is in contact with the surface.
• An example of Sliding friction is Pushing a box across
the table.
 Rolling resistance is weaker than sliding friction.
Q.05. A passive sensor uses:
(a) Signals emitted from transmission towers
(b) Its own source of energy
(c) Sun as the source of energy
(d) Flash light as a source of energy
Q.02. The quantity of heat required to raise the Ans. (c) There are two types of sensors in remote
temperature of unit mass of a material by one degree sensing :
centigrade is called (1) Passive remote sensing (Sensor) :
(a) Specific Heat • It depends on a natural source to provide energy for
(b) Thermal expansion data collection. Sun is the most commonly used
(c) Temperature stress source of energy for passive remote sensing.
(d) Heat of hydration

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 34 Civil KI Goli

• However, passive remote sensing can be done in Ans. (b) The strength of winds is measured with the
absence of the Sun. In this case, the target material help of Beaufort scale. This empirical measure was
itself is the source of energy, and the sensor records created by Sir Francis Beaufort in 1805.
primarily emitted radiation. • It uses observed conditions at sea or on land to
• Examples : Return bram vidicon, Electro-optical estimate wind speed.
scanner, and Electro-optical radiometer use light as Barometers : These devices are used to measure
the primary source. atmospheric pressure. They are commonly used in
(2) Active remote sensing (Sensor) : weather forecasting, as changes in atmospheric
• It uses a man-made source of energy. In this case, pressure can indicate changes in weather.
humans can manipulate the nature of source energy • However, they do not directly measure wind speed.
(wavelength, power, duration). Examples : Radar Wind Indicator : This is a general term that could refer
Q.06. Why are moorings provided? to any device used to show the direction of the wind,
(a) For anchoring of ships such as a weather vane or windsock.
(b) For washing of ships and ship boards • Some of these might give a rough indication of wind
(c) For towing the ships to the sea strength, but they're not precise tools for measuring
(d) For repair of ships wind speed.
Ans. (a) Moorings : Moorings are used to anchor ships Tintometer : A Tintometer is an instrument that's used
and vessels, preventing them from drifting or moving to measure the color or opacity of liquids.
in open water. • The term is most commonly associated with the
• This ensures stability and safety, especially in ports, Lovibond Tintometer, which was invented in the late
harbours, or offshore locations where vessels need to 19th century to test the color of beer.
remain stationary. • They're not used for anything weather-related, so
• In marinas and coastal areas, moorings serve as they definitely don't measure wind speed.
secure points for boats and smaller vessels to dock. Q.09. The vibrating of the concrete before grouting
• This provides a convenient and controlled makes the quality of concrete -
environment for loading, unloading, and boarding. (a) Better (b) Slow
• Moorings help maintain the buoyancy and stability of (c) Low (d) Fair
floating structures, such as floating docks, platforms,
or buoys. Ans. (a) vibrating of the concrete: It is the process in
• They prevent these structures from drifting away or which dry hard mixed concrete is placed in small thin
being affected by currents and tides. areas such as cracks.
• To ensure the grout is filled, the vibration of concrete
Q.07. The minimum grades for PCC and RCC structures
before grouting makes the quality of concrete
as per IS code is:
better.
(a) M 10 and M 20 respectively
• Vibrating concrete before grouting is a crucial step in
(b) M 10 and M 15 respectively
the construction process, particularly when casting
(c) M 15 and M 20 respectively
concrete structures such as foundations, walls, or
(d) M 15 and M 30 respectively
columns.
Ans. (c) According to IS 456:2000, the minimum grade • This process is commonly known as concrete
of concrete for Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) is M15, consolidation or compaction.
and for Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) is M20. This • The purpose of vibrating concrete is to eliminate air
is to ensure adequate strength and durability for both voids, ensure proper placement of the concrete mix,
types of structures. and improve the overall quality and strength of the
Grade of concrete is designated as “M – x”, where M finished product.
refers to the mix and “x” refers to the specified • Vibrating concrete before grouting is a critical step in
compressive strength of 150 mm size cube at 28 days achieving a high-quality and durable concrete
expressed in N/mm2. structure.
Q.08. The strength of winds is measured with the help • It helps eliminate air voids, enhances density and
of bonding, ensures a smoother finish, and contributes
(a) Barometers (b) Beaufort scale to overall structural integrity.
• Proper compaction is essential for meeting the design
(c) Wind indicator (d) Tintometer
specifications and ensuring the long-term
performance of the concrete

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 35 Civil KI Goli

Q.10. The distance between centres of rivet holes (a) To introduce tensile stresses
should not be less than - (b) To introduce compressive stresses in the zone
(a) 3 times the diameter of the holes wherever tensile stresses are expected
(b) 2.5 times the diameter of the holes (c) To introduce deflection
(c) 2 times the diameter of the holes (d) To introduce shear stress
(d) 3.5 times the diameter of the holes Ans. (b) Pre-stressed concrete is a form of concrete
Ans. (b) The distance between the centres of rivet where initial compression is given in the concrete
holes measured along the applied stress is known as before applying the external load so that stress from
Pitch, whereas the distance the centre of rivet holes external loads are counteracted in the desired way
measured perpendicular to the direction of applied during the service period.
stress is known as Gauge. This initial compression is introduced by high strength
steel wire known as tendon located in the concrete
section.
The principle behind prestressed concrete is that
compressive stresses induced by high-strength steel
tendons in a concrete member before loads are applied
will balance the tensile stresses imposed in the
member during service.
Q.14. The number of independent elastic constants for
As per IS 800, the minimum pitch specified is 2.5 times a linear elastic isotropic and homogeneous material is-
nominal diameter of rivet. (a) 4 (b) 1
Q.11. The point of contraflexure is the point at which (c) 3 (d) 2
___________ changes its sign. Ans. (d) Number of Elastic Constant for various
(a) Torsional moment (b) Shear force Materials
(c) All of the options (d) Bending moment Types of Total number of No. of
n
tio

Ans. (d) Point of contraflexure : In a bending beam, a Material dependent Independent

nc

point of contraflexure is a location where the bending Elastic Constants Elastic Constant
Ju

moment is zero (changes its sign). In a bending moment (E.G.K & μ)

il
iv
C

diagram, it is the point at which the bending moment

Homogeneous 4 2
curve intersects with the zero lines.
and Isotropic
Point of Inflexion : Inflection point is a point where a
function turns from concave to convex, i.e it is point Orthotropic 12 9
shown on the curvature diagram of the structure
Anisotropic ∞ 21
where the curvature changes from concave to convex.
Q.12. In a trussed bridge, the maximum limit of span is Q.15. Which of the following is a waterborne disease?
(a) 50 to 150 m (b) 3 to 7.5 m (a) Tuberculosis (b) Small pox
(c) 30 to 80 m (d) 18 to 30 m (c) Anthrax (d) Cholera
Ans. (c) In a truss bridge, the superstructure is provided Ans. (d) Waterborne disease : Waterborne Diseases
with the trusses that are made up of steel. Steel bridges are diseases caused by pathogenic microorganisms
are very common for small as well as long spans in that are transmitted in water.
railways. Fabricated components of a steel bridge can • For example cholera, Diarrhea, and Hepatitis A.
be easily transported to the site and assembled, thus
Q.16. The structure which is used to divide the stages
considerably reducing the construction time.
in different levels is termed as-
• In a truss girder bridges, generally riveted trusses of (a) Damp proof course (b) Roof
Warren or Pratt type are used for spans between 30
(c) Lintels (d) Floor
to 50m.
• In general, truss bridges are used for spans up to 150 Ans. (d) Floor : The structure which divide a building
m. For spans more than 150 m, it has been a general into stages or storeys to give the space to live at
practice to recommend an arch, cantilever or different levels are termed as floors.
suspension bridge. Different types of floors are Timber floors, cement tile
Q.13. What is the main principle of Prestressed concrete flooring, cement concrete flooring, Mosaic
Concrete Structures? floor, brick floor etc.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 36 Civil KI Goli

Roof : The horizontal surface used over most part of the Q.19. Imhoff cone is used to measure-
building to keep out rain, sun and wind and to preserve (a) Dissolved solids (b) Settleable solids
the interior from exposure is known as Roof. (c) Suspended solids (d) Colloidal solids
Lintels : A lintel is one type of beam which used to
Ans. (b) Imhoff cone is used to determine the quantity
support the above wall when openings like doors,
of settleable solids. It is a conical glass vessel of
windows, etc. are necessary to provide a building
capacity 1 liter and graduated up to 50 ml.
structure. The main function of the lintel is to take
loads coming from the above wall and transfer its load Sewage is allowed to stand in this cone for 2 hours, and
to the side walls. the quantity of solids settled can be directly observed.
Damp Proofing course : A layer provided to prevent
entry of unwanted moisture inside the building either
by seepage or by leakage is known as Damp Proofing
course.
Q.17. The surface of painting is measured in -
(a) Tonnes (b) Sq.m
(c) Cu.m (d) Cu.ft
Ans. (b) The principle of units of measurements
normally consists of the following :
(a) Single units work like doors, windows, trusses, etc., Q.20. For limit state of collapse, the partial safety
are expressed in numbers. factors recommended by IS 456 : 2000 for estimating
(b) Works consists of linear measurements involve the design strength of concrete and reinforcing steel
length like cornice, fencing, handrail, bands of specified are respectively-
width, etc., are expressed in running meters (m). (a) 1.5 and 1.15 (b) 1.0 and 1.0
(c) Works consist of areal surface measurements (c) 1.15 and 1.5 (d) 1.5 and 1.0
involve area like plastering, painting whitewashing,
Ans. (a) Partial factor of safety for concrete and steel
partitions of specified thickness, Formworks, Concrete
should be taken as 1.5 and 1.15, respectively when
Jeffries, Damp proof course, etc. are expressed in
assessing the strength of the structures or structural
square meters (m2)
members employing limit state of collapse.
(d) Works consists of cubical contents which involve
In Limit state method , partially safety factor
volume like earthwork, cement concrete work e.g. R.C.
Chhajja, Masonry, etc. are expressed in Cubic meters Material Collapse Deflection Cracking
(m3). Concrete 1.5 1 1.3
Q.18. Which of the following is the ratio of absolute
Steel 1.15 1 1
viscosity to mass density?
(a) Specific viscosity
(b) Coefficient of viscosity
(c) Viscosity index
(d) Kinematic viscosity
Ans. (d) Viscosity: The property that represents the
internal resistance of a fluid to motion (i.e. fluidity) is
called viscosity. There are two ways to write viscosities:
Kinematic viscosity: It is defined as the ratio between
the dynamic or absolute viscosity and density of the
fluid.
μ
ν= Q.21. What is the ratio of rate of back-washing to that
ρ
of filtration in a typical rapid sand filter?
Where,
(a) 4 (b) 2
μ = dynamic viscosity of the fluid (kg/m-s)
(c) 6 (d) 20
ρ = density of the fluid (kg/m 3)
Sl unit of kinematic viscosity is m²/s and the C.G.S unit Ans. (c) In Rapid sand filtration process, rate of
of kinematic viscosity is cm²/s or 'Stoke'. backwashing varies between 15 to 90 cm/min, or
normally taken to be 45 cm/min whereas the rate of
1 Stoke = 10 m²/s.
filtration is 3000 to 6000 litres/m2/hr.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 37 Civil KI Goli

The rate of backwashing is about 6 to 16 times rate of Q.24. A phreatic line is defined as the line within a dam
filtration and the entire process of backwashing is section below which there is/are-
completed in 15 to 30 minutes. (a) Negative equipotential lines
Bacterial removal efficiency of this filter is 80 to 90 % (b) Positive hydrostatic pressure
for rapid sand filtration. (c) Positive equipotential lines
Q.22. The equation of continuity of flow is applicable (d) Negative hydrostatic pressure
when the- Ans. (b) The top flow line of a saturated soil mass
(a) Flow is steady below which seepage takes place, is called the Phreatic
(b) All of the options line.
(c) Flow is one dimensional • Hydrostatic pressure acts below the phreatic line
(d) Velocity is uniform over the cross section whereas atmospheric pressure exists above the
Ans. (b) Continuity Equation in One-Dimensional Case phreatic line
:The continuity equation states that when fluid is in • This line separates a saturated soil mass from an
motion, then it should move in such a way that mass is unsaturated soil mass
conserved. • It is not an equipotential line, but a flow line
Rate of flow in section 1 - 1 = Rate of flow at section 2 - Q.25. The bracing provided in the plane of end posts is
2 called ____
𝛒 𝟏 × 𝑨𝟏 × 𝑽 𝟏 = 𝛒 𝟐 × 𝑨𝟐 × 𝑽 𝟐 (a) Sway bracing
This equation is applicable to the compressible as well (b) Bottom lateral bracing
as incompressible fluid and is called a continuity (c) Top lateral bracing
equation. (d) Portal bracing
This is a statement of the principle of mass Ans. (d) In addition to dead load, live load and impact
conservation for a steady, one-dimensional flow, load, the truss girder bridge are also subjected to
velocity is uniform over cross section, with one inlet lateral and longitudinal forces.
and one outlet. This equation is called the continuity In order to provide lateral stability and torsional
n
tio

equation for steady one-dimensional flow. rigidity, the truss girder bridges are suitably braced.
nc

Q.23. Kerb and median are two elements in a highway Portal bracing is basically a combination of struts and
Ju
il

cross - section. Choose the correct match. ties which lie in the plane of the inclined braces at a
iv
C

(a) 1 Kerb at the middle and 2 medians at the side portal. It transfers wind pressure from the upper parts
edges of the trusses to an abutment or pier of the bridge.
(b) Kerb and median classification names are not based ∴ The bracing provided in the plane of end posts is
on position in pavement cross-section but based on called portal bracing.
their shape Q.26. The member which is subjected to bending is
(c) Kerb for both the side edges of the pavement and 1 called
median at the centre line of the pavement
(a) Footing (b) Slab
(d) Median is a longitudinal element and kerb is a
lateral element (c) Column (d) Beam
Ans. (c) Kerbs indicate the boundary between the Ans. (d) Footing : This is the lowest part of the
carriageway and the shoulder or footpaths. It is foundation of a structure, which is in direct contact
desirable to provide kerbs on urban roads. The height with the ground.
of this kerb is about 10 cm above the pavement edge • It distributes the load of the structure over a large
with a slope that allows the vehicle to climb easily. surface area. It is not primarily subjected to bending
Kerbs are mainly divided into three types: but to compression loads from the structure above
and the reaction of the soil below.
1. Low or mountable type kerbs
Slab : This is a flat piece of concrete that is used to
2. Semi barrier type kerb
construct floors and ceilings of buildings.
3. Barrier type kerb
• Although they can experience some bending under
Median : A median is the portion of the roadway
loads (for example loads not applied directly
separating opposing directions of the roadway, or local
perpendicular to its plane), they are usually not
lanes from through travel lanes. The median shall be
primarily subjected to bending moments.
either raised or depressed. The median shall have a
suitably designed drainage system so that water does Column : This is a vertical structural member that
not stagnate in the median. All median drains shall be transmits the load from the beams (or slabs) to the
of cement concrete. footing or foundation.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 38 Civil KI Goli

• It is primarily subjected to compression and can Fibre reinforced concrete (FRC) is concrete containing
experience some bending (known as buckling) under fibrous material which increases its structural integrity.
certain conditions, but the main members designed It contains short discrete fibres that are uniformly
to resist bending are the beams. distributed and randomly oriented. Different types of
Beam : This is a horizontal or inclined structural fibres include steel fibres, glass fibres, synthetic fibres
member spanning across one or more supports and is and natural fibres.
primarily designed to resist bending and shear. Following are the benefits one can obtain of a fibre
• Loads applied to the beam result in reaction forces at reinforced concrete:
the beam's support points and bending moments and (i) It increases the tensile strength of the concrete.
shear forces along the length of the beam. (ii) It reduce the air voids and water voids the inherent
Q.27. Terzaghi's bearing capacity factors depend on- porosity of gel.
(a) Uniformity coefficient of soil and dry density of soil (iii) It increases the durability of the concrete.
(b) Coefficient of curvature of soil and bulk density of (iv) Fibres such as graphite and glass have excellent
soil resistance to creep. Therefore, the orientation and
(c) Angle of internal friction of soil only volume of fibres have a significant influence on the
(d) Angle of internal friction of soil and depth of creep performance of reinforcement.
foundation (v) It has been recognized that the addition of small,
Ans. (c) Terzaghi’s bearing capacity factors - Nc, Nq, Nγ closely spaced and uniformly dispersed fibres to
depend on the angle of internal friction only and are concrete would act as crack arrester and would
dimensionless. substantially improve its static and dynamic
properties.
𝒂𝟐
𝑵𝒒 = [ 𝛟 ] Balling is one of the problems encountered during
𝟐𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐 (𝟒𝟓+ )
𝟐 mixing and compacting SFRC. This should be avoided
𝟑𝛑 𝛟
( − )𝐭𝐚 𝐧 𝛟
for uniform distribution of fibres.
Here 𝒂 = 𝒆 𝟒 𝟐
Q.30. Which of the following forms of land degradation
Nc = (Nq - 1) cot ϕ is more prevalent in India?
(a) Soil erosion (b) Soil subsidence
𝟏 𝑲𝒑
𝑵𝛄 = [ − 𝟏] 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝝓 (c ) Landslide (d) Desertification
𝟐 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝛟

𝟏+𝐬𝐢 𝐧 𝛟
Ans. (a) Soil erosion :
𝑲𝒑 =
𝟏−𝐬𝐢 𝐧 𝛟 • It is a process in which the top fertile layer of soil is
lost. Due to soil erosion, the soil becomes less fertile.
Q.28. The effective length of fillet should be less than- The top layer of soil is very light which is easily carried
(a) Four times the size of weld away by wind and water. The removal of topsoil by
(b) One time the size of the weld the natural forces is known as soil erosion.
(c) Three times the size of weld • Various agents like wind, water, deforestation,
(d) Two times the size of weld overgrazing by cattle, etc. cause soil erosion.
Ans. (a) The effective length of the weld is the length • Soil subsidence means a process characterized by
of the weld for which specified size and throat downward displacement of surface material caused
thickness exist. In drawings only effective length is by natural phenomena such as removal of
shown, while welding length made equal to effective underground fluids, natural consolidation, or
length plus twice the size of the weld. dissolution of underground minerals, or by man-
• Effective length should not be less than 4 times the made phenomena such as underground mining.
size of weld. • Landslide, also called landslip, is the downslope
movement of a mass of rock, debris, earth, or soil.
Q.29. In fibre reinforced concrete, if the fibres are not
• Landslides occur when gravitational and other types
dispersed properly, then the resulting problem is called
of shear stresses within a slope exceed the shear
as ________
strength of the materials that form the slope.
(a) Spalling (b) Segregation
Q.31. If the initial setting time of cement is 10 minutes,
(c) Congestion (d) Balling
it can be classified as -
Ans. (d) Fibre reinforced concrete is a composite (a) Quick setting cement
material consisting of mixtures of cement, mortar or (b) Sulphate resisting cement
concrete and discontinuous, discrete, uniformly (c) Rapid hardening cement
dispersed suitable fibres. (d) Low heat cement

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 39 Civil KI Goli

Ans. (a) Quick setting cement : It is produced by adding Let the support B takes by ' 𝜹 ' mm
a small percentage of aluminium sulphate and by finely Clockwise moment is considered negative and
grinding the cement. The percentage of gypsum or anticlockwise moment is considered positive.
retarder for setting action is also greatly reduced. The Moment due to loading without sink of support B is
addition of aluminium sulphate and fineness of depicted as below:
grinding are responsible for accelerating the setting
action of cement. The setting of cement starts within 5
minutes after addition of water and it becomes hard
like stone in less than 30 minutes or so. Moment produced due to downward sink of the
Sulphate resisting cement : This is non-OPC cement has support B is as below:
resistance against frequent freezing and thawing. The
percentage of C2S and C3S are the same and of the order
of 40%.
Rapid Hardening cement : It is similar to OPC except
that it has more C3S (upto 50%).
Low Heat Cement : This cement is manufactured by
reducing the proportion of C3A and C3S and increasing
the proportion of C2S. This cement shows a low rate of Considering the resultant, moments at the supports,
development of strength (Due to increasing C 2S). This negative moment is reduced as positive moment
cement is used in mass concreting. developed due to sink is added and hence overall
Q.32. Analysis of continuous beam can be done by reduction in moment.
(a) Three Moment Theorem It also increases to positive moment at the center of
(b) Slope Deflection Method the span.
(c) Moment Distribution Method ∴ The statement 1 and 4 are correct.
(d) All of the options
Q.34. If there is any obstruction to the uniform
n

Ans. (d) Methods used to analyze continuous beams: settlement of hardened concrete, it forms a crack
tio
nc

I. Three Moment Theorem: This method calculates the known as

Ju

reactions at the supports of a continuous beam. (a) Settlement crack (b) Longitudinal crack
il
iv

II. Slope Deflection Method: This method gives us the

C

(c) Shear crack (d) Random crack

end moments and rotations of a beam, allowing for
Ans. (a) Settlement crack : Settlement cracks in
better understanding of how a structure behaves
structures result from uneven or differential settling of
under certain load conditions.
the foundation or supporting soil, causing the
III.Moment Distribution Method: This is a simplified formation of cracks as the structure adjusts to varying
structural analysis method for statically elevations.
indeterminate beams and frames. It calculates the
• These cracks are often observed in buildings and can
bending moments in a structure by using the
vary in size and orientation based on the extent of
principles of equilibrium.
settlement.
Q.33. Consider the following statements: Sinking of an Longitudinal crack:
intermediate support of a continuous beam
• A longitudinal crack is a fissure that runs parallel to
(i) reduces the negative moment at support. the length of an object or structure.
(ii) increases the negative moment at support. • These cracks are commonly observed in materials
(iii) reduces the positive moment at support. and surfaces, indicating stress or movement along
(iv) increases the positive moment at the center of the longitudinal axis.
span. • It may occur due to poorly constructed joints,
Of these statements: thermal shrinkage, inadequate support, etc.
(a) (ii) and (iii) are correct Shear crack :
(b) (ii) and (iv) are correct • This crack in hardened concrete beams. It is caused
(c) and (iii) are correct by structural (self-weight), loading, or movement.
(d) and (iv) are correct • It is known as a diagonal tension crack.
Ans. (d) Let a continuous beam ABCD as follows: Random Crack :
• It is a fissure or fracture that does not follow a specific
pattern or alignment.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 40 Civil KI Goli

• It may appear in various directions, making their Q.38. RE wall means -
occurrence less predictable in shape or orientation. (a) Reinforced Earth Wall (b) Resistant Earth Wall
Q.35. What is the volume of a 6 m deep tank having (c) Revetment Earth Wall (d) Retaining Earth Wall
rectangular shaped top 6 m x 4 m and bottom 4 m x 2m Ans. (d) "RE Wall", or "Retaining Earth Wall", is a
(computed through the use of prismoidal formula)? structure that is designed and constructed to resist the
(a) 92 m3 (b) 96 m3 lateral pressure of soil when there is a desired change
(c) 90 m3 (d) 94 m3 in ground elevation that exceeds the angle of repose of
Ans. (a) Given: L = 6m the soil.
Top area = 6 × 4 = 24 m2 = A1 Q.39. Soundness of cement is tested by-
Bottom area = 4 × 2 = 8 m2 = A2 (a) Izod apparatus
(b) Vicat apparatus
𝟔+𝟒 𝟒+𝟐
Am = (
𝟐
)×( 𝟐
) = 𝟏𝟓 m𝟐 (c) Le-chatelier apparatus
L (d) Hopper apparatus
Volume = (A𝟏 + 𝟒A m + A 𝟐 )
𝟔 Ans. (c) Table showing different tests to find different
𝟔
Volume = (𝟐𝟒 + 𝟒 × 𝟏𝟓 + 𝟖) = 𝟗𝟐 m𝟑 property :
𝟔

Q.36. _______ is the process of inviting bids or Test Apparatus Property

proposal in response to an invitation. Vicat’s Apparatus Consistency
Le Chatelier’s Apparatus Soundness
(a) Scheduling (b) Starting Compression Testing Compressive Strength
(c) Tendering (d) Planning Machine
Ans. (c) Scheduling : This often refers to the process of Standard briquette Test Tensile Strength
deciding how to commit resources between a variety Q.40. Mass moment of inertia of a uniform thin rod of
of possible tasks, not the process of inviting bids or mass (m) and length (l) about its mid-point and
proposals. perpendicular to its length is
• In project management, scheduling involves (a) 2/3 ml2 (b) ml2 /12
allocating resources, defining start and end times, (c) ml2/3 (d) 3/4 ml2
and sequencing the tasks of the project. Ans. (b) Mass moment of inertia of a uniform thin rod
Starting : This is a general term that could mean the of mass (m) and length (l) about its mid-point and
beginning of many different processes, but it doesn't perpendicular to its length is ml2 /12.
specifically refer to inviting bids or proposals.
Tendering : This is the correct answer. It's a process
where bids are invited from interested contractors to
carry out specific packages of construction work.
• It begins with providing detailed specifications of the
project to potential contractors and ends when a
contract is awarded.
Planning: This process involves setting project goals, 𝟏 𝟏
detailing the project scope, identifying required tasks 𝐈𝐜𝐞𝐧𝐭𝐞𝐫 = 𝐦𝐋𝟐 𝐈𝐞𝐧𝐝 = 𝐦𝐋𝟐
𝟏𝟐 𝟑
and timelines, making plans for executing, controlling,
Q.41. According to the ICAO specification for field
and closing the project. It isn't specifically about
runway length, take off run available is known as
inviting bids or proposals.
(a) LDA (b) TODA
Q.37. When does a quick sand condition is developed
(c) TORA (d) ASDA
in soil?
(a) Head causing downward flow is decreased Ans. (c) The specified distance available for a particular
(b) Head causing upward flow is increased operation such as landing may be different in each
(c) Head causing upward flow is decreased direction on the same runway pavement. There are
(d) Head causing downward flow is increased four declared distances:
• Takeoff Run Available (TORA): The length of runway
Ans. (b) Quicksand condition occurs when seepage
declared and suitable ground run of an aircraft taking
pressure, which acts in the upward direction,
off. The TORA is measured from the start of
overcomes the downward direction pressure due to
takeoff to a point 200 feet from the beginning of the
submerged weight of soil, and the sand grains are
departure Runway Protection Zone.
forced apart. The result is that the soil has no capability
to support a load.
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 41 Civil KI Goli
• Takeoff Distance Available (TODA): This distance is • The final product, hot mix asphalt, is then
the addition of the TORA and the length of any transported to construction sites for paving roads,
remaining runway or clearway beyond the far end of highways, and other infrastructure.
the TORA. Uses:
• Accelerate Stop Distance Available (ASDA): The • Asphalt pavement refers to any paved road surfaced
runway plus stopway length declared available and with asphalt. HMA pavement provides some
suitable for the acceleration and deceleration of an characteristics in pavement such as friction,
aircraft that must abort its takeoff. smoothness, noise control, rut and shoving
• Landing Distance Available (LDA): The length of the resistance, and drainage.
runway which is declared available and suitable for • It also prevents excessive surface water from
the ground run of an aircraft for landing entering the underlying HMA layers, bases, and
• A stopway is an area beyond the takeoff runway able subgrade.
to support the airplane during an aborted takeoff,
without causing structural damage to the airplane. Q.44. The critical load for a long column with both ends
fixed is 160 kN. If the same section is to be used for
• ICAO is the International Civil Aviation Organization.
another column of double the length, the critical load
It manages international air navigation and civil
is:
aviation operations.
(a) 80 kN (b) 320 kN
Q.42. The distance of a point where the whole area of
(c) 160 kN (d) 40 kN
a body is assumed to be concentrated from a given axis
is called- Ans. (d) The critical load on a column is given by,
(a) Radius of gyration 𝛑𝟐 𝑬𝑰𝒎𝒊𝒏
(b) Second moment of area 𝑷𝒆 =
𝑳𝒆𝒇𝒇
(c) Moment of inertia
Where,
(d) Mass moment of inertia
L is the effective length of the column which depends
Ans. (a) The radius of gyration may be defined as the upon the end conditions of the column.
distance from the axis of rotation at which, if the whole
n

E is the modulus of elasticity of the material of the

tio

mass of the body is concentrated, its moment of inertia

nc

column.
about the axis is the same as that with the actual
Ju

distribution of mass. I is a minimum moment of inertia. \

il
iv

From the given equation,

C

I = mk2
Crippling load Pcr is inversely proportional to the
𝑰
𝒌=√ square of effective length. When length increases 2
𝑨
times the crippling load decrease by 4 times.
Q.43. In Highway Construction engineering, the
Pcr = 160/4 = 40 kN
equipment HMA means -
Q.45. Which of the following is the most reliable
(a) Hard Mix Asphalt Plant
estimate?
(b) Hot Mix Asphalt Plant
(c) Hot Mix Admixture (a) Detailed estimate
(d) Hot Mix Aggregate Plant (b) Plinth area estimate
(c) Cube rate estimate
Ans. (b) Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA).
(d) Preliminary estimate
• It is a combination of approximately 95% stone, sand,
Ans. (a) Detailed estimate :
or gravel bound together by asphalt cement, a
product of crude oil. • A detailed estimate should have documents such as
• A Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) plant is a facility used in the report, specifications, drawings/plans, design charts
production of asphalt pavement through the and schedule of rates.
blending of aggregates, asphalt binder, and filler • Factors such as, material quantity, transportation of
materials at elevated temperatures. materials, location of site, labour charges, cost of
• The process begins with the heating of raw materials equipment (commonly allowed: - 2% of the
in a rotary drum, where aggregates (such as gravel estimated cost), overhead charges (commonly
and sand) are combined with liquid asphalt binder. allowed: - 2% of the estimated cost), contingencies &
• This mixture undergoes precise temperature control unforeseen (commonly allowed:- 4% of the
to ensure optimal binding and consistency. estimated cost) items are needed to consider well
• Various grades and types of asphalt can be produced while preparing the detailed estimate.
to meet specific project requirements. Q.46. Tintometer is used to measure

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 42 Civil KI Goli

(a) Colour (b) Temperature g = Acceleration due to gravity.
(c) Odour (d) Hardness Q.49. The financial analysis helps to judge:
Ans. (a) Tintometer is a device to determine colour in (a) The financial position of the firm
water. The unit of colour measurement is TCU. 1 TCU is (b) The operational efficiency of the firm
the colour produced by 1 mg of platinum cobalt in the (c) Both the operational efficiency of the firm and the
form of chloroplatinate ions dissolved in 1 litre of financial position of the firm
distilled water. (d) Neither operational efficiency of the firm nor
Q.47. The stresses caused by the bending moment is financial position of the firm
called - Ans. (b)
(a) Shear stress (b) Compressive stress • Financial analysis of a firm involves evaluating its
(c) Flexural stress (d) Tensile stress financial statements and performance metrics to
assess profitability, liquidity, solvency, and efficiency.
Ans. (c) Shear Stress : This arises when two anti-
parallel forces act on an object, causing layers of the • It aids stakeholders in making informed decisions,
object to slide relative to each other. assessing the firm's health, and guiding strategies for
sustainable growth and financial stability.
• It's commonly experienced in beam loading
• Operational efficiency refers to how well a company
situations, especially near support connections or in
utilizes its resources to produce goods and services.
bolted/welded/connected sections.
• It's a measure of the effectiveness and productivity of
Compressive Stress : This is experienced by an object the firm's operations.
when forces act towards it from opposite sides, causing • Operational efficiency measured by financial
the object to compress or shorten. analysis involves analyzing key performance
• This is common in columns or struts in buildings, as indicators (KPIs) such as production output, cost per
well as the top half of a beam when subjected to unit, cycle times, and resource utilization.
bending. • Continuous improvement strategies, like Lean or Six
Flexural Stress : Flexural stress is induced by a bending Sigma methodologies, are often employed to
moment. When a structural element is subjected to enhance operational efficiency over time.
bending, one side of the element experiences tension,
while the other side experiences compression.
Q.50. In a simply supported beam of span L subjected
• This is common in elements such as beams, where the to central concentrated load, the central deflection is
mix of tension and compression due to bending 24 mm. Then the slope at supports is:
moments is managed by flexural stress.
(a) (48/L) radians (b) (36/L) radians
Tensile Stress : This is experienced by an object when
(c) (24/L) radians (d) (72/L) radians
forces pull it apart, causing it to elongate or lengthen.
• This is common in elements such as wires, cables, or Ans. (d) In a simply supported beam of span L
subjected to central concentrated load,
the bottom half of a beam when subjected to
bending. then the slope at supports is
Q.48. The loss of head in pipe due to friction is 𝒘𝑳𝟐
𝛉=
calculated by- 𝟏𝟔𝑬𝑰
Given:
(a) Darcy's law
(b) Darcy–Weisbach equation 𝚫 = 𝟐𝟒𝒎𝒎
(c) Energy loss 𝒘𝑳𝟑
So, Deflection 𝚫 =
(d) Chezy's law 𝟒𝟖𝑬𝑰
𝒘𝑳𝟑
Ans. (b) The Darcy - Weisbach equation is one of the 𝟐𝟒 =
𝟒𝟖𝑬𝑰
most commonly used equations for estimating 𝟐𝟒×𝟒𝟖𝑬𝑰
𝒘𝑳𝟐 =
frictional pressure drops in internal pipe flows. 𝑳
𝒘𝑳𝟐
𝒇𝑳𝑽𝟐 We know slope at supports is 𝛉 =
𝒉𝒇 = 𝟏𝟔𝑬𝑰
𝟐𝒈𝑫 𝟐𝟒×𝟒𝟖𝑬𝑰 𝟕𝟐
𝛉= 𝟏𝟔𝑬𝑰×𝑳
= 𝑳
Where,
f = friction factor, Q.51. According to ICAO recommendations, what is the
L = length of pipe, rate of elevation correction for the runway above MSL?
V = Average velocity, (a) 2% for every 300 m of elevation above MSL
(b) 1% for every 100 m of elevation above MSL
D = Diameter of pipe,
(c) 2% for every 500 m of elevation above MSL
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 43 Civil KI Goli
(d) 7% of every 300 m of elevation above MSL
Ans. (d) Correction for basic Runway length (l)
(i) Elevation correction : For every 300-meter rise
above MSL, the length will be increased by 7%
x 𝟕
Corrected length ⇒ l𝟏 = l + ( × 𝟏𝟎𝟎) × l
𝟑𝟎𝟎
(ii) Temperature correction : Airport reference
Temperature (ART)
Tm − Ta
T = Ta +
𝟑
Tm → monthly mean of maximum daily temp of hottest Q.53. For a constant aggregate cement ratio, if the
month coarse aggregate is increased at the expense of sand,
Ta → monthly mean of average daily temp of hottest maintaining total aggregate cement ratio constant,
month then the total surface area of the aggregate is -
For energy 1°C rise of ART above (SATx i.e. Standard (a) Reduced
Airport Temperature) length will be increased by 1% (b) Depends on Other factor
ΔT (c) Remains Unchanged
Corrected length ⇒ l𝟐 = l𝟏 + ( )l
𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟏 (d) Increased
Note: As per ICAO, the cumulative connection for Ans. (a) Aggregate cement ratio :
elevation and temperature together should not
• It is the ratio of the weights of aggregates to the
be ≯ 35%.
weight of cement.
l𝟐 −l𝟏
Cumulative (%) correction = × 𝟏𝟎𝟎 ≯ 𝟑𝟓 % • When the weight of the cement is more, the
l
Aggregate cement ratio is less. The concrete has more
If exceeds modify, l2 = 1.35 × l
cement paste required to coat aggregates and fill the
(iii) Gradient correction
voids between them.
n

For every 1% effective gradient, runway length will be • The aggregate cement ratio is inversely proportional
tio

increased by 20%
nc

to workability.
Ju

Geffective
Final length (l𝟑 ) = l𝟐 + (𝟐𝟎 × \%) l𝟐 • The surface area of coarse aggregate is less than fine
il
iv

𝟏𝟎𝟎
aggregate. So, with increasing coarse aggregate
C

RLhighest point −RLlower point

proportion, the surface area has been reduced.
Geffective (\%) = Q.54. Which of the following is NOT a flood proofing
Runway unit (l𝟐 )
measure for houses?
Q.52. If two individual footings are too close as per (a) Dry flood proofing
design, then they should be converted as (b) Flood walls
(c) Detention basins
(a) Mat raft (b) Strap footing
(d) Elevation
(c) Strip raft (d) Combined footing
Ans. (c) Flood-proofing measures for houses involve
Ans. (d) When to or more heavily loaded columns are elevating structures, installing barriers like levees or
located close to each other resting on soil with low floodwalls, waterproofing foundations, and using
bearing capacity, the area of isolated footing overlap flood-resistant materials.
on each other hence it is advantageous to provide a
• Proper drainage, elevated utilities, and designing
single combined footing contributing to the improved
openings to minimize water entry enhance resilience,
integral behaviour of the columns with the footing.
reducing the impact of flooding on homes and
• If the loads are equal then it is constructed in a safeguarding inhabitants and property.
rectangular shape.
• A detention basin, also known as a stormwater
• For unequal loading its constructed in a trapezoidal detention pond, is a constructed area designed to
shape. temporarily hold and control stormwater runoff.
• It helps manage peak flow rates, reduce flooding, and
control erosion by detaining excess water during
heavy rainfall and gradually releasing it into the
drainage system.
• It is not used for flood proofing rather it is used for
flood control.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 44 Civil KI Goli

Q.55. Mini drafter combines the functions of Slip forming is used for tall structures (bridges, towers,
T-square and Set squares buildings, and dams), as well as horizontal structures,
Divider and Compass such as roadways.
FrenchCurve and Procircle There are 6 different types of slip formwork according
to the direction of work. (1) Vertical slip forming (2)
All of the options
Horizontal slip forming (3) Tapered slip forming (4)
Ans. (d) A mini-drafter is a compact drafting Cantilever forming (5) Egg-shaped slip forming (6)
instrument used in engineering, architecture, and Conical slip forming
technical drawing.
• It typically consists of a scaled-down drafting board,
Q.59. The main factor to be considered first in town
a ruler or straightedge, and a protractor.
planning is
• Users can secure paper on the board, allowing precise
(a) Topography
drawing of straight lines, angles, and geometric
(b) Governing body and cultural heritage
shapes for accurate technical illustrations.
(c) Ecology of land
• The mini drafter is a modern piece of equipment that
(d) Society needs
combines the advantages of T-square, set square,
protractor, scale, etc. Ans. (a) Some of the contributions of geography to
• It is used for different drafting operations like town planning are :
drawing horizontal vertical and inclined lines parallel • Understanding the topography: Geography guides
and perpendicular lines, measuring length and town planners by revealing the terrain, natural
angles. features, and resources in an area, aiding decisions
Q.56. Local attraction in compass surveying may exist on optimal town location and urban layout.
due to- • Analyzing the land use patterns: Geography analyzes
(a) Presence of magnetic substances near the land use, encompassing economic activities, housing,
instrument open spaces, and transportation. This data informs
(b) Incorrect levelling of the magnetic needle town design for residents' and visitors' needs.
(c) Friction of the needle at the pivot • Identifying environmental risks: Geography aids
(d) Loss of magnetism of the needle planners in spotting environmental risks (like floods
or earthquakes), enabling them to plan and
Ans. (a) Local attraction refers to the phenomenon
implement measures for mitigation.
where the magnetic needle of a compass is influenced
• Considering social and cultural factors: Geography is
by nearby magnetic substances, resulting in inaccurate
crucial for town planners to grasp social and cultural
readings.
aspects like demographics and heritage. This insight
Q.57. Superplasticizer increases slump of concrete due helps design towns aligned with residents' needs and
to which phenomenon? values.
(a) Densification of cement particles • Planning for sustainable development: Geography
(b) Drying of cement particles aids in sustainable development planning, addressing
(c) Dispersion and deflocculation of cement particles urbanization impacts. It involves creating green
(d) Deterioration of cement particles spaces, endorsing eco-friendly transportation, and
Ans. (c) Super-plasticizers are the admixture and work minimizing energy use in buildings.
on surfactant property, in which it disperses and Q.60. Special types of glazed tiles or bricks are used as
deflocculates cement particles thus making concrete facing material for the rubble or concrete or brick
flowing, pourable, and easily placed. backing in
Q.58. The special formwork without support from (a) Brick facing with Rubble or Concrete backing
ground, used for constructing tall structures and which masonry
moves up continuously is called as (b) Brick backed Ashlar masonry
(a) Slipform (b) Myvan form (c) Random Rubble masonry
(d) Stone facing with Brick, Rubble or Concrete backing
(c) Lost forms (d) Tunnel form
masonry
Ans. (a) Slip-form construction involves pouring
Ans. (a) In the composite masonry,
concrete into the top of a continuously moving
formwork. As the concrete is poured, the formwork is 1. Brick facing with Rubble or Concrete backing:
raised vertically at a speed (5 to 30 cm/ hour as per • Special types of glazed tiles are used as facing
requirement) that allows the concrete to harden material and rubble concrete or brick is used as
before it is free from the formwork at the bottom. backing

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 45 Civil KI Goli

• Terra-cotta tiles and similar glazed tiles are Q.63. Which of the following is the type of roof which
commonly used in Lavatory blocks slopes in two directions with a break in the slope on
2. Brick-Backed Ashlar Facing: The facing stones are each side?
rough-tooled and chamfered (a) Gambrel roof (b) Mansard roof
3. Stone facing with Brick, Rubble, or Concrete
(c) Hip roof (d) Gable roof
backing: Combination of Ashlar masonry
(aesthetic) & Rubble masonry (Cheap). So, Ashlar Ans. (a) Gambrel roof : It is also known as a barn roof.
facing and Rubble backing. It is similar to mansard, the difference between the two
4. Random rubble masonry: It is a construction is that the Gambrel only has two sides, while the
method that uses rough, uneven stones to build mansard has four.
foundations and walls. It's considered the cheapest Shed roof : It is also referred to as a skillion. It is a
and roughest type of stone masonry. single, sloping roof, usually attached to a taller wall.
Q.61. Gypsum used in cement manufacturing acts as Gable end roof : It is also known as pitched or peaked
a/an- roof and is recognized by triangular shape.
(a) Plasticizer (b) Air entraining agent Hipped roof : It has slopes on all four sides. The sides
(c) Retarder (d) Accelerator are all equal length and come together at the top to
form a ridge.
Ans. (c) Retarder :- Retarders are the admixture that
The lower side of the Gambrel roof has an almost
slows down the chemical reaction of hydration so that
vertical, steep slope, while the upper slope is much
concentration can remain plastic and workable for
lower.
more duration in comparison to the concentration in
which retarders not added. Different Types of roofs is depicted in the diagram
below:
Example: calcium sulphate (Gypsum), tartaric acid,
starch, sugar cellulose
Q.62. Pick up the correct statement from the
following.
n

(a) Engineering economy is a collection of

tio
nc

mathematical techniques which simplify economic

Ju

comparisons
il
iv

(b) All of the options

C

(c) Engineering economy is a decision assistance tool

by which one method will be chosen as the most
economical one
(d) For understanding the engineering economy, one
should be able to classify the basic terminology
and fundamental concepts of economy
Ans. (b) Engineering economy :
• It is a collection of mathematical techniques that
make economic comparison easier.
• This includes formulating, estimating, and evaluating
economic outcomes when there are some
alternatives to accomplish a defined purpose.
• The term engineering economic decision refers to all
investment decisions relating to engineering
projects.
The five main types of engineering economic decisions
are →
1. Service improvement Q.64. Foundation plan will show -
2. Equipment and process selection (a) Size and depth of foundation
3. Equipment replacement (b) Carpet area
4. New product and product expansion (c) Height of foundation
5. Cost reduction. (d) Length of plinth level

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 46 Civil KI Goli

Ans. (a) A foundation plan is a detailed architectural 3. Column analogy method 3. Kani’s method
drawing that illustrates the layout and specifications of 4. Flexibility matrix 4. Stiffness matrix method
method
a building's foundation.
5. Castigliano’s Theorem
It typically includes the following information :
Q.66. The water in the soil which is in excess of the
Footings : Details about the size, type, and location of hygroscopic and capillary water and which can move
footings that support the building's load-bearing walls. freely downwards when the soil is porous and drainage
Footing distributes the structure's weight to the soil. available is called
Foundation Walls : Depiction of the foundation walls (a) Hygrosopic water (b) Free water
that enclose the building's perimeter. These walls may
(c) Firing water (d) Capillary water
vary in thickness and depth based on the structural
requirements and local building codes. Ans. (b) The water in the soil which is more than the
Piers or Columns : If the building design includes piers hygroscopic and capillary water and which can move
or columns for additional support, their size, spacing, freely downwards when the soil is porous and drainage
and locations will be specified on the foundation plan. is available is called "gravitational water or free
water."
Materials : Information about the materials to be used
in the foundation, such as concrete mix design, • Gravitational water moves under the influence of
reinforcing steel details, and any other relevant gravity through the soil profile and eventually
specifications. contributes to groundwater recharge or runoff.
Dimensions : Exact measurements and dimensions for • Gravitational water is part of the soil water content
all elements, ensuring that the foundation aligns that exceeds the water retained by hygroscopic and
accurately with the architectural and structural plans. capillary forces.
Utilities and Openings : Placement of utility openings • Hygroscopic water is tightly held by soil particles,
(such as for plumbing) and any other necessary while capillary water is held against gravity in the
openings in the foundation walls. soil's small pores.
Elevations : Sometimes, foundation plans include • Gravitational water freely moves downward through
elevation views to provide a vertical representation of the soil due to gravity, especially in well-drained and
the foundation structure. porous soils.
Q.65. The moment distribution method in structural • Adequate drainage allows this water to percolate
analysis is also called as- into the groundwater or contribute to surface runoff,
depending on the soil's characteristics and
(a) Displacement method
topography.
(b) Unit method
(c) Flexibility method • Managing gravitational water is crucial for preventing
(d) Force method waterlogging and promoting healthy plant growth.
Ans. (a) Moment distribution method Q.67. In pre-stressed concrete, high-grade concrete is
• It is a displacement method of analysis of used for -
kinematically indeterminate structures given by Hardy (a) Having concrete of low ductility
Cross. (b) Having Low creep
• It is the most suitable manual method for the analysis (c) Having concrete of high brittleness
of continuous beams and rigid plane frames. (d) Controlling the pre-stress loss
• It is based on the stiffness approach. Ans. (b) High strength concrete for prestressing is
• It is not an exact method but a method of successive required due to the following reasons:
approximation where any degree of accuracy can be (i) Due to the large prestressing force to be applied by
achieved by repeated iteration . tendons, large bearing stresses get developed in
concrete at the end by anchoring devices.
Force Methods Displacement Methods
Types of indeterminacy: Types of indeterminacy: (ii) Bursting stresses at the ends can not be effectively
Static Indeterminacy Kinematic Indeterminacy resisted by low-strength concrete.
Governing equation: Governing equations: (iii) With the use of high-strength concrete, shrinkage
Compatibility Equations Equilibrium Equations cracks are low.
Force displacement Force displacement (iv) High strength concrete will have high modulus of
relations: Flexibility matrix relations: Stiffness matrix
elasticity of concrete and hence elastic and cracks
Example: Example:
1. Method of consistent 1. Slope deflection method
strains are very low means creep strains are low,
deformation 2. Moment distribution resulting in smaller loss of prestressing force.
2. Theorem of least work method

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 47 Civil KI Goli

Note :-In this question, many options are correct i.e. • Varnishing is the process of applying a transparent
both option a and option d are correct. But the most protective coating to surfaces, typically wood or
appropriate answer is option b because lesser creep paintings, to enhance aesthetics, provide durability,
deformation causes less stress loss. and shield against environmental factors like
Q.68. Which of the following areas is/are NOT included moisture and UV rays.
in the Carpet area? Q.70. The rain waterholes in the parapet or in edging is
(a) Entrance gate called as
(b) All of the options (a) Water proofing (b) Weep hole
(c) The walls along with doors and other openings (c) Edge hole (d) Hole
(d) Verandah, corridor and passage
Ans. (b) Weep holes:
Ans. (b) Carpet area is the usable area within the walls
• Weep holes are small openings left in the exterior
of the property unit where we can lay carpet.
wall of a building during construction to allow water
The carpet area shall be the area shall be excluding the to escape from within the wall.
area of the following portion :
• They are located in masonry structures, typically in a
• Verandah, Corridor and passage, Entrance hall and brick or stone veneer, at the level of flashing (barrier
porch, Staircase and stair-cover (Mumty), Shaft and installed to prevent water from seeping into the
machine room for lift, Bathroom and structure).
lavatory, Kitchen and pantry, Store, and Canteen.
• These holes allow rainwater that has entered into the
• Air-conditioning duct and plant room, Shaft for
wall to exit and evaporate.
sanitary/water supply installations and garbage
chute, electrical and fire fighting, air-conditioning, Q.71. Compressibility is the reciprocal of -
telecommunication, and lift. (a) Bulk modulus of elasticity
(b) Rigidity Modulus of elasticity
Q.69. A method in which mortar conveyed through a
(c) Shear modulus of elasticity
hose and pneumatically projected at a high velocity
(d) Young's modulus of elasticity
onto a surface is called
n

Ans. (a) Bulk modulus : The ratio of hydrostatic stress

tio

(a) Ferrocement (b) Varnishing

nc

to the volumetric strain within the elastic range is

(c) Concreting (d) Gunite
Ju

called bulk modulus.

il

Ans. (d) Gunite/Shotcrete : Gunite is a construction

iv

𝒅𝑷
𝑲=−
C

material used in building concrete structures, 𝒅𝑽

𝑽
particularly for swimming pools and retaining walls. SI unit of the bulk modulus is the same as that of
• It consists of a dry mix of cement and sand, propelled pressure i.e., Nm–2 or Pa.
through a hose by compressed air, and mixed with Compressibility : The reciprocal of the Bulk modulus of
water at the nozzle before being sprayed onto the material of a body is called the compressibility of
surfaces. that material.
• This process results in a strong and durable concrete 𝟏
application that adheres well to various shapes and 𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒑𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒊𝒃𝒊𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚 ∝
𝑩𝒖𝒍𝒌 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒖𝒔
contours, providing a versatile and efficient Unit of compressibility ∝ 1/Unit of Bulk Modulus ∝
construction method. 1/Nm–2 ∝ m2N-1 ∝ m2/N
Ferrocement : Q.72. The ratio of current assets to current liabilities is
• Ferrocement is a construction technique involving a known as:
mesh of metal or metal and fiber-reinforced mortar, (a) Acid-test (or quick) ratio
forming a thin, strong shell. (b) Debts ratio
• It's commonly used in building boat hulls, water (c) Current ratio
tanks, and structures, offering durability and (d) Liquidity ratio
flexibility in design due to its versatile composition. Ans. (c) Current ratio :
Concreting : • The current ratio is defined as a financial metric that
• Concreting is the process of pouring, placing, and measures a company's ability to cover its short-term
finishing concrete, a mixture of cement, aggregates, liabilities with its short-term assets.
and water, to create durable structures for • It is calculated by dividing the total current assets by
construction and infrastructure projects. the total current liabilities.
Varnishing : • It can be defined as,

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 48 Civil KI Goli

 Total Current Assets Q.76. In a compaction factor test of concrete, if the
Current Ratio =
Total Current Liabilities
compaction value is less than 0.95 and greater than
Q.73. A line joining the vertices of the trusses is called 0.85, then the standard of the workability is:
(a) Sky line (b) Ridge line (a) Very good (b) Fair
(c) Top line (d) Peak line (c) Medium (d) Good
Ans. (b) In a truss structure, the term "ridge line" refers Ans. (c)
to the topmost horizontal member of the truss, which Workability Compacting Factor Slump Value
runs along the apex or peak of the roof. (CF) (mm)
• The ridge line is a critical structural element in roofing Very Low CF < 0.78 0-25
trusses, as it helps to distribute loads and provides Low 0.78 < CF < 0.85 25-50
stability to the overall roof structure. Medium 0.85 < CF < 0.95 50-100
• It is often a horizontal beam that connects the upper High CF > 0.95 100-175
ends of the sloping or diagonal members (rafters) in More is the compacting factor more will be the
the truss. workability and more will be slump value.
• The ridge line is essential for maintaining the shape Q.77. The penetration value of residue from distillation
and integrity of the roof. upto 360°C of rapid curing cutbacks bitumen is -
Q.74. For a vertical stiffened web of a plate girder, the (a) 80 to 120 (b) 30 to 120
lesser clear dimension of the panel should not exceed: (c) 40 to 80 (d) 100 to 160
(a) 180 t (b) 85 t
Ans. (a)
(c) 250 t (d) 200 t
MC- Medium Curing Cutback Bitumen
Ans. (a) As per IS 800:2007 In the case of plate girder RC- Rapid Curing Cutback Bitumen
with vertical stiffeners and horizontal stiffeners the
Viscosity Penetration Residue
lesser and greater unsupported clear dimension of web Grade Speed
(Centistokes) (mm)
panel should not exceed 180 t and 270 t respectively. MC- 30 Medium 30-60
• Theoretically, intermediate transverse stiffener are MC- 70 Medium 70-140
MC -
not required when the calculated shear stress in the Medium 250-500 120-150
250
web is less than the critical shear stress of the web of MC-
the plate girder since the web will not buckle and Medium 800-1600
800
failure of web will occur due to shear yielding of the RC-70 Rapid 70-140
web. Here tension field will not develop and RC-250 Rapid 250-500 80-120
RC- 800 Rapid 800-1600
stiffeners are not required and the web completely
be shear resistant. Q.78. The property of the soil due to which a decrease
• minimum spacing of vertical stiffener = 0.33d in volume occurs under compressive force is known as?
• maximum spacing of vertical stiffener = 1.5d (a) Consolidation of soil
• Lesser clear panel dimension is less than 180tw (b) Compressibility of soil
• Greater clear panel dimension is less than 270tw (c) Compression strength of soil
(d) Initial consolidation of soil
Q.75. A cantilever beam of size 230 × 400 mm
(effective) has a clear span of 25 m and is supported on Ans. (b) The gradual decrease in volume of soil due to
a 400 × 400 mm column. The effective span of the application of load is called compressibility of soil. The
cantilever is- decrease in volume of soil is due to the following
(a) 25.2 m (b) 33 m factors:
(c) 15 m (d) 9 m 1. Compression and expulsion of air - (Initial
Compression and also called soil compaction)
Ans. (a) Effective span = minimum {Clear Span + ½
2. Compression pore water - Generally neglected as we
(Effective depth) : Clear Span + ½ (Width of Support)}
assume water is incompressible.
Clear Span = 25 m
3. Expulsion of Pore Water-(Primary Consolidation)
Effective depth = 400 mm
3. Compression of soil solids – Generally neglected as
Width of support = 400 mm we assume soil solids are in compressible.
Effective span = min (25 + 0.2 ; 25 + 0.2) = 25.2 m 4. Plastic rearrangement of soil solids – (Secondary
∴ Effective span = 25.2 m Consolidation)

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 49 Civil KI Goli

Q.79. Which of the following is the appropriate triaxial (b) End Open Type
test to assess the immediate stability of an unloading (c) Easy Operation Type
problem, such as an excavation of a clay slope? (d) Earth moving Overhand Truck type
(a) CU test Ans. (a) EOT crane stands for "Electric Overhead
(b) Unconsolidated drained test Traveling Crane."
(c) UU test • It is a type of crane that is electrically powered and is
(d) CD test mounted on an overhead track or runway for
horizontal movement.
Ans. (a) Unconsolidated Un-drained (UU) Test: In this
• EOT cranes are commonly used in industrial settings,
test expulsion of pore water is not permitted in both
the stages. It is used for clays in short term analysis for warehouses, and manufacturing facilities for lifting
clays under un-drained conditions at fast loading rate. and moving heavy loads with precision.
Consolidated Drained (CD) Test: In this test expulsion • An Electric Overhead Traveling (EOT) Crane is a
of pore water is permitted in both the stages. It is used powerful industrial lifting equipment designed for
for short term and long-term stability analysis in handling heavy materials.
saturated sands and long-term stability analysis in • It consists of a bridge with a horizontal beam (hoist)
clays. that can move along elevated runways.
• The crane is electrically powered and controlled,
Consolidated Un-drained (CU) Test: In this test,
allowing it to efficiently lift, lower, and transport
expulsion of pore water is permitted in 1st stage but
loads within a specified area.
not in second stage. It is used for investigation of safety
of earthen dam which may occur due to sudden • EOT cranes are versatile, offering high lifting
drawdown of water table. It is used to assess the capacities and precise material handling in
immediate stability of an unloading problem, such as manufacturing, construction, and logistics
excavation of a clay slope. environments.
• They contribute to increased efficiency, improved
Unconsolidated Drained (UD) Test: This test is not
safety, and streamlined operations in various
performed practically because confining pressure acts
industries.
for long time and if soil is unconsolidated for long time,
n
tio

then it cannot be drained in a small period of shear Q.82. Find the deflection of the free end of a cantilever
nc
Ju

loading. beam carrying a concentrated load P at the free end.

il
iv

Q.80. In case public drainage system is not available in δ = PL / 34EI δ = PL / 3EI

C

a locality, then the structure used to store waste water δ = PL / 5EI δ = PL / 365EI
from toilets is: Ans. (b) Type of beam and there deflection
(a) Overhead tank (b) Septic Tank
(c) Sump (d) Storage Tank
Ans. (b)
Type of tank Usage
Overhead Domestic water storage and commercial
Tank water storage purposes.
To maintain flow of water to the general
usage in bathrooms and the other water
requiring appliances like washing
machine and purifiers.
Septic Tank To treat wastewater from household
plumbing produced by bathrooms,
kitchen drains, and laundry.
Sump Tank It is an underground (or partially
underground) tank is usually used as
large water tank storage and can be built
cheaply using cement-like materials. It is
usually part of a rainwater harvesting
system, where the rainwater gets into the
tank, then pumped out for use.
Storage Tank It is multipurpose use. It can store liquids
as well as compressed gases.
Q.81. EOT crane means Q.83. Name the drawing instruments and aids.
(a) Electric Overhead Travelling (a) Set squares (b) All of the options

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 50 Civil KI Goli

(c) Templates (d)Drawing sheet Q.85. The highest point on a carriage way is known as
Ans. (b) (a) Super elevation (b) Crown
• Drawing instruments and aids are tools used in (c) Camber (d) Gradient
various fields, such as engineering, architecture, and Ans. (b) Crown : The highest point of the camber is
design, to create accurate and precise drawings. called the crown of the road.
• These tools assist in producing detailed and scaled Camber : It is the slope provided to the road surface in
representations of objects or plans. the transverse direction to drain off the rainwater from
• Common drawing instruments and aids include: the road surface. It is also known as the cross slope of
1. Drawing Board: A flat surface on which paper is the road. Camber can be written as 1 in n or x%.
placed for drawing. It often has a parallel motion There are generally three types of the cambers :
or drafting machine for straight lines. (a) Straight Camber
2. T-Square: A T-shaped ruler is used in combination (b) Parabolic Camber
with a drawing board to create horizontal and (c) Mixed Camber.
vertical lines. Gradient : It is the slope provided to the surface of the
3. Drafting Compass: A tool for drawing circles and road in the longitudinal direction for the vertical
arcs with a fixed or adjustable radius. alignment of the road. There are three kinds of
4. Set Square (Triangle): Triangular rulers used for gradients:
drawing angled lines. They come in various angles, (a) Ruling Gradient
such as 30°, 45°, and 60°. (b) Limiting Gradient
5. Protractor: A circular tool for measuring and (c) Exceptional Gradient
drawing angles.
Super elevation is the amount by which the outer edge
6. Scale Rule: A ruler with multiple scales for of a curve on a road or railway is raised above the inner
measuring distances on drawings and making edge to counteract the effect of centrifugal force.
scaled drawings.
Q.86. Which of the following is the process of removal
7. Templates: Pre-drawn shapes (circles, rectangles,
of permanent hardness of water?
etc.) that can be traced for consistency in technical
drawings. (a) Boiling of water
(b) Filtration process
8. Drawing Pencils, sheets, and Erasers: Different
(c) Lime treatment
pencils for various line weights, different sizes of
(d) Zeolite process
sheets, and erasers for corrections.
9. French Curves: Templates with curved edges for Ans. (d) Zeolite process for water softening has become
drawing complex curves. a commercial success for the reason that zeolite can be
easily regenerated. When Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions
Q.84. For night landing, the runway threshold lights are containing hard water is passes through a bed of
lighted sodium zeolite, the sodium ions are replace by the
(a) Yellow (b) White calcium and magnesium ions. Zeolite process is the
(c) Red (d) Green best process to remove permanent hardness from the
Ans. (d) Yellow : Yellow lights are used to indicate a water.
cautionary status in many applications, but they're not Note : Temporary hardness can be removed by simply
typically used for runway threshold lights. boiling
White : White is used along the length of the runway to Q.87. A project construction cost estimate includes the
guide the plane's path for taking off or landing but not (a) All of the options
specifically for the threshold. (b) Equipment and overhead cost
Red : Red is often used in aviation to indicate danger or (c) Labour and material cost
areas that should not be entered, usually situated at (d) Profit of the contractor
the end of the runway to indicate its limit from the Ans. (a) The project construction cost can be
opposite landing direction. categorized into two parts :
Green : Green lights are used for threshold lighting. 1. Initial capital cost
According to the International Civil Aviation
2. Subsequent operation and maintenance costs
Organization (ICAO) Annex 14, runway threshold lights
should be green. Initial Capital cost : The capital cost for a construction
project includes the expenses related to the initial
They indicate the start of the runway that is available
establishment of the facility:
for landing when seen from the air.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 51 Civil KI Goli

• Land acquisition, including assembly, holding and (a) Mixer (b) Screw Conveyor
improvement (c) Silo (d) Scraper
• Planning and feasibility studies
Ans. (c)
• Architectural and engineering design
Name Purpose
• Construction, including materials, equipment and
Concrete mixer Homogeneously combines
labor
cement, aggregate such
• Field supervision of construction as sand or gravel, and water
• Construction financing to form concrete
• Insurance and taxes during construction Screw Conveyors / To move powder or granular
• Owner's general office overhead auger conveyor materials.
• Equipment and furnishings Scraper (Wheel- Tractor) It is heavy equipment used
• Inspection and testing for earthmoving.
Silos Silos are structures built for
• Contractors , consultant and architecture’s profit
storing different
Operation and maintenance costs: The operation and materials such as Cement,
maintenance cost in subsequent years over the project Aggregates, fly ash and
life cycle includes the following expenses: other constituents.
• Land rent, if applicable Q.90. The space between two adjacent trusses is called
• Operating staff (a) Span (b) Panel
• Labor and material for maintenance and repairs (c) Pitch (d)Bay
• Periodic renovations
Ans. (d) Bay : The space between two adjacent trusses
• Insurance and taxes
is commonly referred to as a "bay."
• Financing costs
• Trusses are structural elements that consist of
• Utilities
triangular units, and they are often used in the
• Owner's other expenses
construction of roofs and bridges.
Q.88. Soil at a site consists of two layers. The top layer
• The distance between two trusses is considered a
n

has permeability k units and bottom layer has

tio

bay, and this term is commonly used in structural

nc

permeability 5k units. If the thickness of both the layers

engineering and architecture.
Ju

is equal, then what is the average permeability in the

il

Q.91. A flexible curve consists of a lead bar inside

iv

vertical direction?
C

rubber which bends conveniently to draw a smooth

(a) 3k units (b) (5/3)k units
curve through any set of points. Which of the following
(c) (5/6)k units (d) (6/5)k units
drawing aid is this?
Ans. (b) (a) Set square (b) French curves
(c) Scale (d) Divider
Ans. (b)
• The drawing aid you're describing is commonly
known as a French curve.
• It is a flexible drawing tool used in graphic design,
drafting, and illustration to draw smooth curves and
Vertical Direction implies that flow of water is shapes.
perpendicular to the bedding plane. • The lead bar inside the rubber allows it to bend easily,
∴ The average permeability is the harmonic mean of making it a versatile tool for creating freehand
depth and permeability of individual layers. curves.
𝒛𝟏 +𝒛𝟐 Q.92. The best type of crusher for manufacturing M
𝒌𝒂𝒗𝒈 = 𝒛𝟏 𝒛𝟐
+ Sand is -
𝒌𝟏 𝒌𝟐

𝑯+𝑯 (a) Jaw Crusher (b) VSI Crusher

𝒌𝒂𝒗𝒈 = 𝑯 𝑯 (b) Roll Crusher (d) Cone Crusher
+
𝒌 𝟓𝒌

𝟓
Ans. (b) The best type of crusher for manufacturing M
𝒌𝒂𝒗𝒈 = 𝒌 Sand (manufactured sand) depends on the specific
𝟑
requirements and characteristics of the raw material.
Q.89. The large steel cylindrical metal containers used • Common types include cone crushers and vertical
in RMC plants used for storing cement and/or fly ash shaft impactors (VSI).
and such cementitious materials are named as -

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 52 Civil KI Goli

• Cone crushers are suitable for hard and abrasive depending on the type of sub-soil from a rig attached
materials, while VSI crushers are effective for shaping and suspended by a rope. Due to the impact blow to
and producing fine aggregates. the top of pile, excessive noises are produced. These
Jaw Crusher : are mostly used for piling in loose sands as this method
also creates a lot of vibration.
• A jaw crusher is a primary crushing machine that
compresses and breaks down materials by exerting Q.95. The girders having two or more than two webs
pressure on movable jaws. are called -
• It is commonly used for coarse crushing of hard (a) Plate girder (b) Box girder
materials in the production of construction-grade (c) Gantry girder (d) Balanced girder
sand, such as concrete and asphalt aggregates.
Ans. (b) Plate Girder : A plate girder is a built-up I-
Roll Crusher: beam section, used to carry heavy loads which cannot
• A roll crusher is a type of compression crusher, be carried economically by rolled I-sections. It is made
comprising a pair of large rolls rotating in opposite by riveting or welding the steel plates in the I-beam
directions. shape. It has only one web which is continuous
• Material is fed between the rolls, and crushing occurs throughout the length of a plate girder.
when the rolls compress the material, producing a A box girder comprises two concrete slabs — top and
consistent-sized product. bottom. The slabs are connected by an array of vertical
Cone Crusher : bridge stems, also known as webs. These webs can be
• A cone crusher is a crushing machine that utilizes a vertical or inclined, as per requirement. They are
cone-shaped crushing surface suspended within a formed by joining two web plates by a common flange
bowl. at both ends and they many intermediate web plates
• It gyrates rapidly, compressing material against the which makes a closed cell that has enough strength and
walls, and breaking it down into smaller particles. torsional stiffness than that of an open section.
• Used in mining and aggregate industries for efficient Gantry Girder : Gantry Girder is similar to Plate girder
secondary and tertiary crushing. in shape-wise but there capacities and usage are
Q.93. Fibres used in FRC are also called as - different according to the different elements
connected. Gantry girders are laterally unsupported
(a) Secondary reinforcements
beams to carry heavy loads from place to place at the
(b) Slim reinforcements
construction sites. The gantry girders are used to
(c) Slender reinforcements
support the loads that are transmitted through the
(d) Super reinforcements
traveling wheels of the crane in factories and
Ans. (a) Fiber-Reinforced Concrete (FRC), the fibers workshops
used are often referred to as "secondary Balanced Girder : It is not any type of girder rather it is
reinforcements" or "secondary fibers." a method to the construction of balanced Cantilever
• These fibers are typically added to concrete to Bridge. It is most efficient method of building bridges
enhance its mechanical properties, such as tensile without the need for false work.
strength, toughness, and ductility.
Q.96. If Reynolds number is _______, then the flow of
• Common types of fibers used in FRC include steel fluid through a pipe is laminar.
fibers, synthetic fibers (like polypropylene or nylon),
(a) > 2000 (b) < 4000
and glass fibers.
• While the primary reinforcement in concrete is (c) > 4000 (b) < 2000
typically provided by steel bars or mesh, the addition Ans. (d) The Reynolds number is the ratio of inertial
of secondary fibers helps improve characteristics forces to viscous forces in a fluid.
such as tensile strength, toughness, and crack For flow in circular pipes :
resistance. • Laminar: Re ≤ 2000
Q.94. The old type of Pile Driving Equipment which is • Transitional: 2000 < Re < 4000
banned in most countries due to heavy sound and • Turbulent: Re ≥ 4000
vibration is called as -
Q.97. The interaction of the electromagnetic radiation
(a) Hammer Driven Pile Driver produced with a specific wave length to illuminate a
(b) Augur Boring Pile Driver target on the terrain for studying its scattered radiance,
(c) Hydraulic Pile Driver is called:
(d) CFA - Continuous Flight Augur
(a) Neutral remote sensing
Ans. (a) Hammer Driven Pile Driver: An iron block of (b) Remote sensing
standard size is dropped from a standard height
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 53 Civil KI Goli
(c) Active remote sensing Ans. (a) If we ignore the affect of earthquake which
(d) Passive remote sensing generates lateral motion/vibration then the column
Ans. (c) Remote Sensing : It is an art and science of may be considered pinned from both ends.
obtaining information about an object without physical But if we consider the Earthquake effects and other
contact with that object. effects such as slenderness effects, irregularities in
Depending on the source of electromagnetic structures, eccentric loading then both ends may be
energy, remote sensing can be classified as passive or considered as fixed.
active remote sensing. If in this case pile cap is also provided and pile cap is
In the case of passive remote sensing, the source of generally designed as rigid structure i.e. it cannot bend
energy is naturally available such as the Sun. Solar so we need to consider upper end as pinned so that no
energy reflected by the targets at specific wavelength bending occurred in pile cap and lower end remains
bands is recorded using sensors. As a simple fixed.
analogy, passive remote sensing is similar to taking a In reality, mostly pile has a pile cap and there is always
picture with an ordinary camera. the possibility of eccentric loading and irregularities in
In the case of active remote sensing, energy is structures, so the most appropriate answer would be
generated and sent from the remote sensing platform option ‘1’.
towards the targets. The energy reflected back from Q.100. The heading up of water above its normal level
the targets are recorded using sensors located on the while passing under the bridge is known as
remote sensing platform. (a) Afflux (b) Free board
Most of the microwave remote sensing is done through (c) Scour (d) Clearance
active remote sensing. Active remote sensing
Ans. (a) Afflux : Afflux is an increase in water level that
is analogous to taking a picture with the camera having
can occur at upstream of a structure, such as a dam,
a built-in flash.
bridge or culvert, that creates an obstruction in the
flow.
On the upstream side of the dam, the depth of the
n
tio

water will be rising due to the obstruction/barrier. If

nc

there had not been any obstruction (such as dam) in

Ju

the path of flow of water in the channel, the depth of

il
iv

water would have been constant parallel to the bed of

C

the channel. Due to obstruction, the water level rises,

and it has maximum depth from the bed in some
section.
This rise of water level on the upstream end is termed
as afflux.
Q.98. The strength of timber ?
(a) Is maximum in the direction 45° to the grain
(b) Is maximum in the direction parallel to the grain
(c) Remains same in all directions
(d) Is maximum in the direction perpendicular to the
grain
Ans. (b) The timber shows high strength in the direction
parallel to grains.
Compressive strength along grain > Compressive
strength across grain
Tensile strength along grain > Tensile strength across
grain
Q.99. While designing the pile as a column, the end
conditions adopted is -
(a) One end fixed and other end hinged
(b) Both ends fixed
(c) One end fixed and other end free
(d) Both ends hinged

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 54 Civil KI Goli

 • It is used to treat acidic or basic radioactive waste
RRB JE CIVIL streams.
29 AUGUST 2019 Shift 2 Paper • However, neutralization does not make high-level
waste safe because radioactivity is not affected by
Solution chemical reactions.
Q.01. The product of either force of couple with the • Therefore, even after neutralization, the waste
arm of the couple is called would remain hazardous due to its radioactivity.
(a) Resulting couple Q.03. Smog is a combination of
(b) Resultant couple (a) Air and water vapour (b) Smoke and fog
(c) Moment of the couple (c) Fire and water (d) Water and smoke
(d) Moment of the forces
Ans. (b) SMOG is a combination of smoke & fog : Smog
Ans. (c) A couple is a pair of forces, equal in magnitude, is a harmful mixture of fog, dust, and air pollutants
whose line of action of force is not the same. such as nitrogen oxides, volatile organic compounds,
Moment of couple is equal to the product of either of etc. which combine with sunlight to form a dense layer
forces and the perpendicular distance between the of ground-level ozone.
forces. Its SI unit is Nm. • Ozone present high in the atmosphere is good, but
when nearer to the ground, it can cause irritating
health effects.
• Smog is the result of the reaction of emissions from
automobiles, factories, and industries with the
sunlight and atmosphere.
Moment of couple = force × couple arm.
• Smog is air pollution that reduces visibility. The term
Q.02. High level radioactive waste can be managed in "smog" was first used in the early 1900s to describe a
which of the following ways? mix of smoke and fog.
(a) Composting (b) Store indefinitely • The smoke usually came from burning coal. Smog was
(c) Incineration (d) Neutralization common in industrial areas, and remains a familiar
Ans. (b) Store indefinitely : This is the most common sight in some cities today.
method used for the management of high-level • Photochemical smog is produced when sunlight
radioactive waste. reacts with nitrogen oxides and at least one volatile
organic compound (VOC) in the atmosphere.
• The waste is stored in specially designed facilities,
• Nitrogen oxides come from car exhaust, coal power
often deep underground, where it cannot harm
plants, and factory emissions. VOCs are released
humans or the environment.
from gasoline, paints, and many cleaning solvents.
• Still, managing how to store it indefinitely to prevent
• Smog is unhealthy for humans and animals, and it can
contamination is a challenging issue for many
kill plants.
countries.
Composting : This is a process typically used for organic Q.04. To prevent corrosion of steel reinforcement in
waste, like food scraps and yard trimmings. RCC structures, the pH value of concrete should be -
(a) Acidic (b) Highly alkaline
• Bacteria and fungi break down the waste into
nutrient-rich soil. (c) Neutral (d) Just alkaline
• High-level radioactive waste cannot be composted Ans. (b) Steel reinforcement in RCC (Reinforced Cement
because this process cannot eliminate or reduce the Concrete) structures is often embedded in concrete,
radiation hazard. which provides an alkaline environment that helps to
Incineration : This process involves the combustion of protect the steel from corrosion.
waste material in the presence of oxygen. • A higher pH value, typically above 12, creates a highly
• Although incineration can be used for some types of alkaline condition that promotes passivity, a state
low-level radioactive waste, it is not used for high- where the steel reinforcement forms a dense, tightly
level waste. adherent surface oxide layer.
• The process does not reduce the radioactivity of the • This oxide layer is highly resistant to further
waste, and the combustion process could potentially corrosion, helping to extend the life and maintain the
spread radioactive materials into the environment. strength of the structure.
Neutralization: Neutralization is a chemical reaction Q.05. Dimension text is generally placed above the
between an acid and a base, resulting in water and a ________ line.
salt. (a) Leader (b) Center
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 55 Civil KI Goli
(c) Dimension (d) Extension • Systems lines (structural metal engineering)
Ans. (c) There are different types of lines used in
engineering drawing : Dashed narrow line :
1. Visible outline or object line : The outline or object • Hidden edges
line is represented by thick line and is used to show the • Hidden outlines
outer visible feature of the object in the drawing.
2. Section line or hatching line : It is a thin continuous Dashed wide line : An indication of permissible areas of
line and is used for the purpose of sectioning an object. surface treatment
3. Centre line, locus line : These lines are represented
by long and short dashes in proportion ranging from 6:
Long-dashed dotted narrow line :
1 to 4 : 1, closely and evenly spaced in any drawing.
4. Hidden line : The hidden line is represented by • Centre lines
closely and evenly spaced short dashes. It is used to • Lines of symmetry
show the invisible or hidden parts on the drawing. • Pitch circle of gears
• Pitch circle of holes
5. Dimension line : It is thin continuous line for giving
dimensions. This line terminates in arrow head where Long-dashed dotted wide line : An indication of
the dimension lines meet the extension lines. (limited) required areas of surface treatment, e.g. heat
treatment
6. Extension line : It is a thin continuous line used for
dimensioning an object. It projects from an object for • indication of cutting planes
the express purpose of locating a dimension
7. Cutting plane line : The cutting plane line is
represented by thick long line at the ends with thin Q.06. What is the superelevation for a horizontal
(long and short) lines at the centre. It is used to show highway curve of radius 500 m and speed 100 kmph in
the edge of the cutting plane. mixed traffic condition?
Some other important lines and their applications are: (a) 0% (b) 7%
n
tio

Continuous narrow line : (c) 6.2% (d) 8.9%

nc
Ju

Ans. (d) Given,

• Imaginary lines of intersection
il
iv

V = 100 kmph, R = 500 m

C

• Dimension lines
We know that
• Extension lines
𝑽𝟐
• Leader lines and reference lines 𝒆=
𝟐𝟐𝟓×𝑹
• Hatching Where V in (kmph), R in (m)
• Outlines of revolved sections (𝟏𝟎𝟎)𝟐
• Dimension line terminations 𝒆=
𝟐𝟐𝟓×𝟓𝟎𝟎
• Diagonals for the indication of flat surfaces e = 0.0889 OR 8.9 %
• Projection lines Q.07. The common name for all doors, windows and
• Grid lines such units are called as
Continues freehand line : Preferably manually (a) Shuttering (b) Furniture
represented the termination of partial or interrupted
(c) Joinery (d) Ventilators
views, cuts 8. sections, if the limit is not a line of
symmetry or a centre line Ans. (c) Joinery : In the construction industry, joinery
refers to the part of woodworking that involves joining
together pieces of timber or lumber, to produce more
Continues narrow line with zigzags : Preferably
complex items such as doors, windows, stairs,
mechanically represented the termination of partial or
bookshelves, and cabinets.
interrupted views, cuts and sections, if the limit is not
a line of symmetry or a centre line. • The key concepts of joinery include creating accurate
joints, cutting, fitting, and measuring.

Continues wide line :

Q.08. The density of ash produced in the municipal
• Visible edge
solid waste is
• Visible outlines
(a) 700 kg/m3 (b) 1000 kg/m3
• Crests of screw threads
3
• Main representation in diagrams, maps, flow chats (c) 450 kg/m (d) 100 kg/m3

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 56 Civil KI Goli

Ans. (a) Municipal wastes: These include food wastes, (d) Circular, hexagonal and other geometric shapes
rubbish, ashes and residues, demolition and Ans. (d) Two methods of estimation are as follows :
construction waste, treatment plant waste and some 1. The centreline method : The centreline method is
special wastes. suitable for walls of similar cross-sections. Here the
MSW includes both putrescible (biodegradable, such total centerline length is multiplied by breadth and
as food waste) and non-putrescible (non- depth of respective item to get the total quantity at a
biodegradable, such as plastics and metals) solid time.
wastes. • When cross walls or partitions walls join with the
• When MSW is incinerated, it produces ash as a main wall, the centerline length gets reduced by half
residue. The density of ash produced in the municipal of the breadth for each junction i.e. (2 × half of the
solid waste is an important parameter in waste thickness of the wall = thickness of the wall).
management, as it affects the volume and weight of • Such junction or joints are studied carefully while
the ash that needs to be disposed of. calculating total centerline length. The estimates
• The density of ash can vary depending on several prepared by this method are the most accurate and
factors, such as the composition of the waste, the quick and it can be used any shape of the structure.
incineration temperature, and the type of incinerator 2. Long Wall and Short Wall method : In this method,
used the wall along the length of the room is considered to
• However, on average, the density of ash produced in be a long wall while the wall perpendicular to the
MSW is around 700 kg/m3 longwall is said to be a short wall.
Q.09. The old type of wall foundation consisting of • To get the length of longwall or short wall, calculate
multiple steps of bricks or stone layers of gradually first the centerline lengths of individual walls. Then
increasing width is called as the length of longwall, (out to out) may be calculated
after adding half breadth at each end to its centerline
(a) Line Footing or Wall Footing
length.
(b) Linear Footing
• Thus the length of the short wall measured into in
(c) Stepped Footing
and may be found by deducting half breadth from its
(d) Running Footing
centerline length at each end. The length of the
longwall usually decreases from earthwork to
Ans. (c) Stepped footing for a wall : The masonry wall brickwork in superstructure while the short wall
has a stepped footing with a concrete base. increases.
This type of foundation is provided in hilly places or in • These lengths are multiplied by breadth and depth to
those situations where the ground is sloppy. get quantities
It consisting of multiple steps of bricks or stone layers Q.11. In AAC blocks, the lightweight property is
of gradually increasing width. achieved by -
(a) Accelerated curing
(b) Autoclaving
(c) Aeration
(d) By using light weight coarse aggregates
Ans. (c) AAC blocks are made from a mixture of sand,
cement, lime, gypsum, water, and an aerating agent.
• The aerating agent is typically aluminium powder or
paste, which reacts with the other ingredients to
release hydrogen gas.
• This gas expands and forms bubbles within the
mixture, resulting in a foam-like substance. The
mixture is then poured into a mold and cured under
steam pressure and temperature, resulting in
hardened blocks.
AAC Block Properties : -
Q.10. The ‘centre line method’ is specially adopted for 1. AAC Blocks contain 60% to 85% air by volume.
estimating -
2. Resistant: Fire resistant, Pest resistant, Sound
(a) Circular buildings only resistant, Earthquake resistant and Moisture
(b) Polygonal Buildings only Resistance.
(c) Hexagonal buildings only
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 57 Civil KI Goli
3. Faster construction - Large in size. (d) Black bolt
4. Thermal Insulation. Ans. (c) A bolt is a metal pin at one end and shank at
5. Environment Friendly – Non toxic, No organic the other end which is threaded to receive a nut.
matter. Various types of bolts are:
6. Light Weight- Density of AAC block = 600–700 1) High strength bolt
kg/cum while Density of red bricks = 1600–1920 2) Turned bolts (close Tolerance bolts)
kg/cum. 3) Ordinary bolts.
7. High compressive Strength. Friction grip Bolt -
8. Requires less Mortar. • The bolts that are tightened to develop some initial
Q.12. The distance of vena contracta from the orifice is tension are known as high-strength friction grip bolts.
approximately • The bolts are tightened until they have very high
(a) 3/4 diameter of the orifice tensile stresses so that the connected parts are
(b) 1/4 diameter of the orifice tightly clamped together between the bolt head and
(c) 2/3 diameter of the orifice nut.
(d) 1/2 diameter of the orifice • Friction develops between the plate surfaces
Ans. (d) Vena contracta : The section of least cross- subjected to clamping forces and thus in HSFG bolts
section and hence of maximum contraction is called load is primarily transferred through friction.
vena contracta. • Such connections are called no-slip conditions or slip-
critical connections. The induced initial tension is
• Since the area is minimum, the velocity is
called the proof load.
maximum at the vena contracta.
• These are used in bridges or where stress reversal
• It occurs about one half orifice diameter away from
may occur.
the downstream edge of the orifice.
Ordinary bolt -
• Formation of vena contracta is caused by the change
in direction of motion of the liquid particles • Unfinished bolts are also called ordinary, common,
approaching the orifice. rough, or black bolts.
n

• There are used for light structures (purlins, bracings,

tio

• Beyond vena contracta, the streamline becomes

nc

parallel to each other. etc.) under static loads.

Ju

• They are not recommended for connections

il
iv

subjected to impact load, vibrations, and fatigue.

C

• Bolts are forged from low-carbon rolled steel circular

rods, permitting large tolerances.
Turned bolts -
These are similar to unfinished bolts, with the
difference that the shank of these bolts is formed from
a hexagonal rod.
• The surfaces of the bolts are prepared carefully and
Q.13. Fixed beam is also known as _______. machined to fit in the hole.
(a) Constressed beam (b) Spandrel beam • Tolerances allowed are very small. These bolts have
(c) Encaster beam (d) Constricted beam high shear and bearing resistance as compared to
Ans. (c) Fixed beam is also called Encaster beam or unfinished bolts
Constraint beam or Built in beam. In a fixed beam the Q.15. The dynamic viscosity of an oil, used for
fixed end moments develop at the end supports. In lubrication between a shaft and sleeve is 6 poise.The
these beams, the supports should be kept at the same shaft is of diameter 0.4 m and rotates at 190 r.p.m.
level. Calculate the power lost in the bearing for a sleeve
length of 90 mm.The thickness of the oil film is 1.5 mm.
(a) 800 KW (b) 886.5 KW
(c) 809.5 KW (d) 716.48 KW
Ans. (d) Given:
D = 0.4 m, L = 90 mm,
Q.14. Which of the following is a type of bolt? N = 190 rpm,
(a) High strength friction grip bolt μ=0.6poise,
(b) Turned bolt
dy=1.5mm
(c) All of the options
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 58 Civil KI Goli
 𝑫 𝑫 𝟐𝛑𝑵
Velocity =
𝟐
×𝛚= 𝟐
× 𝟔𝟎 (e) Grid roller Used for weathered rock Ex.
𝟐𝛑×𝟏𝟗𝟎 𝟎.𝟒 Sand stone
𝑽= × = 𝟑. 𝟗𝟖𝒎/𝒔
𝟔𝟎 𝟐
Q.18. Pick up the correct statement from the
𝒅𝑽
Shear stress 𝛕 = 𝛍 following.
𝒅𝒚
𝟑.𝟗𝟖 (a) The receipts and disbursements in a given time
Shear stress 𝛕 = 𝟎. 𝟔 × = 𝟏𝟓𝟗𝟐𝑵/𝒎𝟐 interval are referred to as cash flow
𝟎.𝟎𝟎𝟏𝟓
Force 𝑭 = 𝛕𝑨 = 𝛕 × (𝛑𝑫𝑳) (b) The assumptions that all cash flows occur at the end
of the interest period, is known as the end of period
Force F = 1592×(π×0.4×0.09)=180.5N
convention
Torque T = Fr (c) All of the options
𝟎.𝟒
𝑻 = 𝟏𝟖𝟎. 𝟎𝟓 × = 𝟑𝟔. 𝟎𝟏𝑵𝒎 (d) A cash flow diagram is a graphical representation of
𝟐
𝟐𝛑𝑵𝑻 cash flows drawn on a time scale
Power lost 𝑷 =
𝟔𝟎 Ans. (c) Cash flow and cash flow diagram:
𝟐𝛑×𝟏𝟗𝟎×𝟑𝟔.𝟎𝟏
𝑷=
𝟔𝟎
= 𝟕𝟏𝟔. 𝟒𝟖𝑲𝑾 • A cash flow statement displays inflows (receipts) and
outflows (payments) of cash during a specific period.
Q.16. Bar A has diameter 'd' and length 'L'. Bar B has
• In other words, it is a summary of sources and
diameter '2d' and length '2L'. If both the bars are made
applications of cash during a specific span of time.
up of same material and subjected to same load. The
• Cash Flow Diagrams are simple graphical
ratio of change in length of A to change in length of B
representations of financial transactions.
is:
• The diagrams consist of arrows, such as in the
(a) 0.25 (b)0.50
diagram shown below.
(c) 4.00 (d) 2.00
Ans. (d) The expression to calculate the change in
𝑷𝑳
length due to axial loading is given by 𝚫 =
𝑨𝑬
where, P = load, l = length,
A = cross-section area, E = modulus of elasticity.
𝑷×𝑳×𝟒
Bar A : 𝚫𝑨 =
𝝅×𝒅𝟐 ×𝑬
𝑷×𝟐𝑳×𝟒
Bar A : 𝚫𝑨 =
𝛑×𝟒𝒅𝟐 ×𝑬

The ratio of Bar A to Bar B is 2.

Q.17. Sheep-foot-roller is most suitable for compacting • Time is represented by a horizontal line marked with
(a) Cohesion-less soil the number of periods in the analysis.
(b) Gravel • The choice of time interval will reflect the project or
(c) Coarse grained soil transactions being considered.The horizontal
(d) Cohesive soil position of each arrow indicates the timing of that
cash flow.
Ans. (d) Types of rollers used are :
End-of-Period Convention
Types of Rollers Properties • In practice, cash flows can occur at any time within a
(a) Sheep's foot roller Cohesive soil. Ex. Silty soil, period.
Clayey soil, Clayey silt. • However, for simplicity, we commonly assume the
end-of-period convention – the assumption that all
(b) Smooth wheel roller Coarse grain soil. Ex. cash flows occurring within a period are moved to the
(compact by the action Crushed rocks, Gravels, end of the period.
of kneading) Sand
Q.19. In AutoCAD, the 3-D commands on the Modeling
(c) Pneumatic tyred All type of soil (Mainly toolbar include
rollers cohesive soil). Ex. Sand, (a) Sphere (b) Extrude
gravel, Silt and Clayey soil. (c) All of the options (d) Box
(d) Tamping foot roller Fine Grained soils Ex. Silt, Ans. (c) Sphere command : You can create a sphere by
Clay specifying a center point and a point on the radius. You
can control the smoothness of curved 3D solids, such as

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 59 Civil KI Goli

a sphere, in a shaded or hidden visual style with the
facetres system variable.
BOX – The BOX command will allow you to create a 3D
box by selecting 3 points in the X, Y, and Z axes.
Extrude (ext) – The extrude command will extrude a 2d
object into a 3d object. when using the extrude
command, the original 2d object will be removed from
the drawing.
Q.20. Which one of the following is not the assumption
in deriving Euler’s theory for long columns? In the diagram total 8 number of bolts required for
(a) The column is initially straight and is loaded axially connection. If all the bolts are provided in the member
(b) The columns are having hinged ends only only, then the length of the gusset plate would increase
(c) The column fails by buckling alone greatly. Instead 3 bolts are used on lug angle such that
(d) The section of the column is uniform throughout the length of the gusset plate reduced.
Ans. (b) According to Euler's column theory, the Q.22. The discharge through a trapezoidal channel is
crippling load for a column of length L, maximum when
𝛑𝟐 𝑬𝑨
𝑷𝒄𝒓 = (a) Half of top width = one of the sloping sides
𝑳𝒆𝒒 𝟐
(
𝒓
) (b) Top width = 1.5 x sloping side
Where Leq is the effective length of the column. (c) Top width= Half of sloping side
(d) Half of top width = Half of the sloping side
The following assumptions are made in Euler's column
theory : Ans. (a) Trapezoidal channel
• The column is initially straight and load is applied A Trapezoidal channel will be most efficient if
axially 1. Length of sloping side = Half of top width
• The cross-section of the column is 𝒊. 𝒆 𝒅√𝒏𝟐 + 𝟏 =
𝒃+𝟐𝒏𝒅
𝟐
uniform throughout its length
n
tio

• The column material is perfectly elastic, 2. Hydraulic mean depth = Half of depth of flow
nc

i.e., m = d/2
Ju

homogeneous and isotropic and obeys Hooke’s law

il

• The length of the column is very large as compared to 3. The three sides of the trapezoidal section are the
iv
C

its lateral dimensions tangential to the semi-circle described on the water-

• The direct stress is very small as compared to the line.
bending stress
• The column will fail by buckling alone
• The self-weight of the column is negligible
Q.21. The following are the statements about lug angle
used to connect heavily loaded tension member to
gusset plates.
(i) The length of end connection is reduced
(ii) By using lug angles there will be saving in the gusset
plate Q.23. The average velocity of flow that will take place
through the total cross-sectional area of soil under unit
(iii) Cost of connection increases due to additional
hydraulic gradient is known as
fasteners and angle required.
(a) Stoke's coefficient
(a) Only (i) and (ii) statements are correct
(b) Uniformity coefficient
(b) All the (i),(ii) and (iii) statements are correct (c) Coefficient of permeability
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) statements are correct (d) Darcy’s coefficient
(d) Only (i) and (iii) statements are correct Ans. (c) Coefficient of permeability : It can be defined
Ans. (d) Lug angle is small piece of angle used to as The average velocity of flow that will occur through
connect outstand legs of the members to the gusset the soil cross-section under a unit hydraulic gradient.
plate. The purpose of lug angle is to reduce the length The unit is the same as the unit of velocity and can be
of connection to the gusset plate and to reduce shear expressed as cm/sec or m/day.
lag effect.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 60 Civil KI Goli

Q.24. Which of the following is NOT a type of page • Asphalt emulsions generally consist of about two-
margin? thirds asphalt cement, with the remainder being
(a) Center (b) Top water and emulsifier.
(c) Left (d) Right Q.27. The length of sedimentation tank should be
Ans. (a) Microsoft created the word processing atleast _______ the breadth of the tank.
programme known as Microsoft Word. (a) Four times (b) One time
Margins are the blank spaces around the edges of a (c) Three times (d) Two times
page, and common types of page margins include top, Ans. (a) A typical long rectangular tank has a length
bottom, left, and right. "Center" is not a type of margin. ranging from 4 times their width. The bottom is slightly
➢ Microsoft Word was initially made available on sloped to facilitate sludge scraping.
October 25, 1983. The general dimension of a sedimentation tank are as
➢ Microsoft Word is indicated by either a.doc or.docx follows :
filename extension. Length = 4 × Width
Q.25. When two roofing sheets meet at a lower level Height = 3.5 m to 5 m
from opposite directions forming an acute angled Slide depth = 0.8 m to 1.2 m
junction, it is called as -
Freeboard = 0.5 m
(a) Gutters (b) Summit
Q.28. Evaporation losses depend upon
(c) Valley (d) Ridge
(a) Nature of precipitation and type of vegetation
Ans. (c) Valley : The name for the intersection between (b) All of the options
two sloping surfaces, forming an internal angle (the (c) Area of the water surface and depth of the water
opposite of a hip). (d) Humidity and wind velocity
Learn-to-roof : The simplest form of sloping roof,
Ans. (b) Evaporation:- Evaporation is the process in
typically provided for a room with a small span or a
verandah. It slopes on only one side. which water is converted into vapour from the water
surface like River, Ocean, Lake. After evaporation
Dormer : A vertical window that extends through a
sloping roof. water vapour carried by the air in the form of cloud into
atmosphere and condensed there.
Soffit : A horizontal board fixed to the underside of the
rafters, located outside the building. Evaporation depends upon temperature, pressure,
Fascia : A vertically fixed board attached to the ends of humidity, surface area of water body, salt
rafters, providing an additional fixing point for gutters. concentration etc.
Purlin : A horizontal roof member that supports the The higher the precipitation, the lesser would be the
rafters, usually at right angles to them, allowing rate of evaporation.
smaller section timbers to be used. • The larger the water surface and depth of the water,
Hangers : Timbers suspended from purlins to provide the more would be the rate of evaporation.
additional support to ceiling joist binders.
• The higher the humidity, the slower would be the
Ridge : A horizontal board set on edge, to which rafters
rate of evaporation.
are attached. Not required in trussed rafters.
Hip Rafter : A rafter running from the wall plate to the • The higher the presence of wind, the faster would be
ridge, forming the external angle of a sloping roof. the rate of evaporation.
Bargeboard : Also known as a verge or gable board, • The higher the temperature, the faster would be the
attached along the edge of a roof. rate of evaporation.
Q.26. What is the percentage content of asphalt in the Q.29. The failure of a material under varying load after
cut-back asphalt? a number of cycles of such load is known as
(a) 30% (b) 50% (a) Fatigue failure (b) Impact failure
(c) 10% (d) 85% (c) Hysteresis failure (d) Ductile failure
Ans. (d) Cutback asphalts generally consist of about 85 Ans. (a) Fatigue : - It is a failure mechanism that
percent asphalt cement and 15 percent cutter, by involves the cracking of materials and structural
weight. components due to cyclic (or fluctuating) stress. The
• Since the specific gravity of asphalt is very close to applied stresses may be tensile, compressive or
1.0, this works out to about 85 percent asphalt torsional, crack initiation and propagation are due to
cement and 15 percent cutter by volume. the tensile component.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 61 Civil KI Goli

• One of the intriguing factors about fatigue 𝑴𝑨 = 𝑾(𝑳 + 𝒂) −
𝑾(𝑳+𝒂)
× 𝑳
development is that fatigue cracks can be initiated 𝑳
and propagated at stresses well below the yield MA=0
strength of the material of construction (these
The bending moment diagram is given below
stresses are usually thought to be related to elastic
deformation, not plastic deformation).

Q.32. To find which of the following is consistency test

performed?
(a) Fineness of cement
(b) Tensile strength
(c) Compressive strength
(d) Correct water cement ratio
Ans. (d) Standard consistency is the consistency of the
Q.30. The process of water being lost from the leaves cement paste that permits the Vicat's plunger of
of the plants from the pores is known as diameter 10 mm and height 50 mm to penetrate the
(a) Run off (b) Transpiration mould up to a depth of 33 to 35 mm from the top.
(c) Precipitation (d) Evaporation In the normal consistency test, we have to find out the
amount of water to be added to the cement to form a
Ans. (b) Transpiration : It is process by which the cement paste of normal consistency.
plants expels/lost the water/moisture from its leaves
through stomata (Microscopic Pores) into the Type of test Water Content
atmosphere. Transpiration is of three types- Initial and Final Setting Time 0.85 p
𝒑
Compressive Strength +𝟑
(i) Stomatal transpiration (ii) Lenticular transpiration 𝟒
n

𝒑
tio

(iii) Cuticular transpiration Tensile Strength + 𝟐. 𝟓

𝟓
nc

Transpiration will be more rapid in high temperature Soundness Test 0.78 p

Ju

region and measured by phytometer.

il

Q.33. The key to profitable operation for project cost

iv
C

Q.31. In a overhanging beam ABC, AB = L and BC = a, C control is

being the free end. If it is subjected to a vertical load W (a) To keep the project cost equal to subsequent
at free end, maximum moment occurs at construction budget
(a) A (b) B (b) To keep the project cost higher than the cost
(c) C (d) Between A and B estimate
Ans. (b) As support A is simply supported, the moment (c) To keep the project cost within the cost budget and
at A will be zero. knowing when and where job costs are deviating
(d) To keep the project cost equal to original cost
estimate
Ans. (c) The key to profitable operation for project cost
control is to keep the project cost within the cost
budget and knowing when and where job costs are
deviating.
∑ 𝑴𝑨 = 𝟎 • The budget serves as a financial plan, outlining the
𝑹𝒃 × 𝑳 = 𝑾(𝑳 + 𝒂) expected costs for various aspects of the project.
𝑾(𝑳 + 𝒂) • Staying within this budget is crucial for ensuring that
𝑹𝒃 = the project remains financially viable and profitable.
𝑳
As the nature of the moment produced by W and Rb is • By regularly assessing costs and comparing them to
different, the maximum moment could be possible at B the budget, project managers can identify any
only. deviations or discrepancies.
The bending moment at B, MB=Wa • Understanding when and where these deviations
The bending moment at A, occur allows for proactive decision-making and
corrective actions to bring costs back in line with the
𝑴𝑨 = 𝑾(𝑳 + 𝒂) − 𝑹𝒃 × 𝑳
budget.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 62 Civil KI Goli

Q.34. Name the structural member connecting all the trusses, pin-jointed connections allow for rotation at
trusses and also supporting the roofing sheets the joints without resistance. When a truss is in
(a) Gutters (b) Bracings equilibrium, the triangular configuration ensures
(c) Tie Rods (d) Purlins stability.

Ans. (d) Purlins : These are the members which are Q.37. A prestressed concrete beam 150 mm x 300 mm
spanning on the roof frames to support the roof supports a live load 5 KN/m over a simply supported
coverings and runs parallel to ridge to connect different span of 8 m.It has a parabolic cable having an
trusses situated in the longitudinal direction. eccentricity of 75 mm at mid span and zero at the ends.
The prestressing force required to maintain the net
Rafters : These are a series of sloped structural
resultant stress at the bottom fibre at mid span as zero
members that extend from the ridge to the downslope
under the action of D.L (Dead Load) + L.L (Live load) +
perimeter or to the bottom chords and are designed to
prestress is -
support the roof deck and its associated loads.
(a) 302 KN (b) 392 KN
The principal rafter is the top chord member of the
truss and is subjected to compressive forces from loads (c) 293 KN (d) 239 KN
transferred by purlins at the nodes. The rafters act as Ans. (b) The bottom fibre stress is calculated by
simply supported beams between the purlins. 𝑷
+
𝑷𝒆
=
𝑴𝑫𝑳 +𝑴𝑳𝑳
𝑨 𝒁 𝒁
where P = prestressing force,
e = eccentricity,
A = cross section of beam,
Z= section modulus of beam,
MDL= bending moment due to dead load,
MLL=bending moment due to live load.
Given: e =75 mm, A= 150 mm x 300 mm = 45000 mm2,
𝒃𝒅𝟐 𝟏𝟓𝟎×𝟑𝟎𝟎𝟐
𝒁= = = 𝟐. 𝟐𝟓 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝒎𝒎𝟑
𝟔 𝟔
Dead load = 0.15 x 0.30 x 25 = 1.125 kN/m
Q.35. Which of the following grades of leads is the Live load = 5 kN/m
hardest? (𝟏.𝟐𝟓+𝟓)×𝟖𝟐
MDL+ MLL = 𝟖
= 𝟒𝟗 × 𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝑵 − 𝒎𝒎
(a) 4B (b) 6H
𝟒𝟗×𝟏𝟎𝟔
(c) 5H (d) 6B So, 𝑷 = 𝟏 𝟏
𝟐.𝟐𝟓×𝟏𝟎𝟔 [ + ]
𝟒𝟓×𝟏𝟎𝟑 𝟐.𝟐𝟓×𝟏𝟎𝟔
Ans. (b) 6H has the hardest graphite lead. P = 392 kN
• The letter “H” is used to indicate the hardness of a
Q.38. The aquatic animals can breathe under water due
pencil's mark.
to the presence of dissolved _____ in water.
• The letter “B” is used to indicate the blackness of a
(a) Carbon dioxide (b) Oxygen
pencil's mark (a darker mark means a softer lead).
• The Higher the number next to the 'H', harder the (c) Nitrogen (d) Hydrogen
pencil lead. Ans. (b) The aquatic animals can breathe under water
• The Higher the number next to the 'B', softer the due to the presence of dissolved oxygen in water.
pencil lead. • Dissolved oxygen (DO) in water refers to the amount
• Pencil Lead is a mixture of graphite and clay. of oxygen gas (O2) that is present in water.
Q.36. Assertion (A): Trusses comprise triangular • Oxygen dissolves in water through the process of
figures. aeration, which can occur naturally through the
Reason (R): A pin-jointed stable figure is a triangle. atmosphere or be influenced by processes like
(a) A is false but R is true photosynthesis.
(b) A is true but R is false • Respiration is the act or process of breathing which
(c) Both A and R are true and R is the correct includes inhaling oxygen and releasing carbon
explanation of A dioxide.
(d) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct • For the survival of fish in a river stream, the minimum
explanation of A dissolved oxygen is prescribed 4 mg/l.
Ans. (d) Trusses are structural frameworks made up of Q.39. On which of the following factors, does strength
interconnected triangular units. In the context of of concrete depend primarily?

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 63 Civil KI Goli

(a) Fineness of cement (a) 8 mm diameter @ 250 mm c/c
(b) Quality of fine aggregate (b) 8 mm diameter @ 350 mm c/c
(c) Water-cement ratio (c) 6 mm diameter @ 250 mm c/c
(d) Quality of coarse aggregate (d) 5 mm diameter @ 240 mm c/c
Ans. (c) Abram's law: Abrams water/cement ratio law Ans. (a) As per IS 456:2000, the design of transverse
states that the strength of concrete is primarily reinforcement is as:
dependent upon the water/cement ratio provided the The diameter of transverse reinforcement:
mix is workable. 𝟏 𝟏
𝛟𝐦𝐚𝐢𝐧 = × 𝟐𝟓 = 𝟔. 𝟐𝟓𝐦𝐦
• It says that the strength of a concrete mix is inversely 𝟐 𝟒

related to the mass ratio of water to cement. As the ii. 6 mm

water content increases, the strength of concrete whichever is maximum,
decreases. Let us take 8 mm diameter bar as transverse
𝑨 reinforcement.
𝑺= 𝒘
𝑩 ⁄𝒄
The spacing of transverse reinforcement
Where,
i. Least lateral dimension = 350 mm
S is the strength of concrete
ii. 16d=16×16=256mm
A and B are constants
iii. 300 mm
w/c is the water-cement ratio, which varies from 0.3 to
1.20 whichever is the minimum, so the spacing will be 250
mm.
Hence overall use 8 mm diameter @ 250 mm c/c.
Q.42. The centre of gravity of a uniform lamina lies at
(a) The midpoint of its axis
(b) The bottom surface
(c) All of the options
(d) The centre of the heavy portion
n
tio

Ans. (a) The center of gravity of a uniform lamina is a

nc
Ju

point on the axis of symmetry of the lamina where the

il

whole weight of the lamina can be considered to act.

iv
C

This point is also called the centroid or center of mass.

• The centroid of a uniform lamina lies on its axis of
symmetry.
• The axis of symmetry is the line that divides the
Q.40. What is the very first crack that occurs in any RCC lamina into two equal parts, such that each part is a
member, especially if constructed during summer?
mirror image of the other.
(a) Settlement crack (b) Corrosion spalling crack • The centroid of a uniform lamina is located at the
(c) Shrinkage crack (d) Flexural crack midpoint of its axis. This is because the weight of the
Ans. (c) Shrinkage crack : Shrinkage cracks happen lamina is distributed uniformly throughout its area,
during the drying and curing process of concrete. and the center of gravity of each small element of the
area lies on the axis of symmetry.
• In hot weather conditions, the rate of evaporation of
water from the surface of the concrete can be higher, • Therefore, the centroid of the whole lamina must lie
leading to faster drying. on the axis of symmetry, and at its midpoint.
• As the concrete dries and loses moisture, it • The center of a heavy portion is not necessarily the
undergoes shrinkage, resulting in the formation of same as the center of gravity or centroid of the
shrinkage cracks. lamina. The center of a heavy portion is the point
where the weight of the portion can be considered to
• These cracks are common and often appear as fine,
act.
hairline cracks on the surface of the concrete.
• This point depends on the distribution of mass within
• They are a natural part of the curing process and are
the portion, and may not coincide with the centroid
usually not structurally significant but can be visually
of the whole lamina.
observed.
• The center of gravity or centroid of a lamina does not
Q.41. A square column section of size 350 mm is necessarily lie on its bottom surface. The location of
reinforced with four bars of 25 mm diameter and four the centroid depends on the shape and symmetry of
bars of 16 mm diameter. Then the transverse steel
should be:
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 64 Civil KI Goli
 the lamina, and may not coincide with any particular Aluminate
surface. (C3A)
Q.43. A layer provided to prevent entry of unwanted
Tetra- 8-14% Felite 420 J/g Poorest
moisture inside the building either by seepage or by
calcium cementing
leakage is known as
Alumino value
(a) Roof (b) Sunshade Ferrite
(c) Damp proof course (d) Lintel (C4AF)
Ans. (c) Damp Proofing course : A layer provided to Q.46. Field vane shear is the appropriate field test for
prevent entry of unwanted moisture inside the obtaining the shear strength of which of the following?
building either by seepage or by leakage is known as
(a) Sand (b) Gravel
Damp Proofing course.
(c) Clay (d) Weathered rock
Q.44. At critical flow conditions in a rectangular
channel, the value of Froude number is- Ans. (c) Vane shear test : It is used to determine the
undrained shear strength of soils, especially soft
(a) Unity (b) Infinity
clays. This test can be done in a laboratory or in the
(c) Two (d) Zero field directly on the ground. Vane shear test gives
Ans. (a) 1. Subcritical Flow (Fr < 1): In subcritical flow, accurate results for soils of low shear strength (less
the Froude number is less than 1. This indicates that than 0.3 kg/cm2).
the gravitational forces dominate, and the flow Direct shear test or Box shear test : It is used to
behaves in a relatively calm and stable manner. In determine the shear strength of the soil. It is more
open-channel flows, subcritical flow typically occurs in suitable for cohesionless soils. Using a direct shear test,
tranquil conditions, with smooth water surfaces. one can find out the cohesion and angle of internal
2. Critical Flow (Fr = 1): When the Froude number is friction of soil. This test can be done only in
exactly 1, it represents critical flow. Critical flow is a the laboratory.
transitional state between subcritical and supercritical The triaxial test : It is one of the most versatile and
flow. In open channels, critical flow often occurs at widely performed geotechnical laboratory tests,
specific points such as weirs and hydraulic jumps. allowing us to assess the mechanical property of soli.
3. Supercritical Flow (Fr> 1): In supercritical flow, the These mechanical properties include shear strength,
Froude number is greater than 1, indicating that cohesion, and dilatancy stress. This test is suitable for
inertial forces are dominant. Supercritical flow is all types of soli. Advantages over simpler procedures,
associated with rapid and often turbulent flow such as the direct shear test, include the ability to
conditions. It is more likely to occur in steep, fast- control specimen drainage and take measurements of
flowing rivers or when a fluid is rapidly accelerated. pore water pressures.
Q.45. Which of the following four Bogue's Compounds The Unconfined Compression Test : It is a laboratory
has the maximum percentage by volume in the test used to derive the Unconfirmed Compressive
hydration of cement? Strength (UCS) of saturated, cohesive soils recovered
(a) Felite C4AF (b) Celite C3A from thin-walled sampling tubes and rock specimens.
Unconfirmed Compressive Strength (UCS) stands for
(c) Belite C2S (d) Alite C3S
the maximum axial compressive stress that a specimen
Ans. (d) Bogue's Compounds can bear under zero confining stress. Due to the fact
Name of Percentage Other Heat of Function that stress is applied along the longitudinal axis, the
Compound Name Hydration Unconfined Compression Test is also known as Uniaxial
Compression Test.
Tri- 25-50% Alite 500 J/g 7 Days
Q.47. What is the minimum number of longitudinal
calcium hardness
bars provided in a reinforced concrete column of
Silicate and
circular cross section?
(C3S) strength
(a) 8 (b) 6
Di-calcium 25-40% Belite 260 J/g Ultimate (c) 4 (d) 5
Silicate strength
Ans. (b) As per IS 456: 2000, clause 26.5.3.1,
(C₂S)
Longitudinal reinforcement in a column :
Tri- 5-11% Celite 865 J/g Flash set The minimum number of longitudinal bar : The
calcium minimum number of the longitudinal bar provided in
column shall be

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 65 Civil KI Goli

• four in rectangular columns • In the case of determinate systems, the ILD can be
• six in circular columns obtained directly by allowing unit deformation
The minimum diameter of longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to the constraint.
bars: • For indeterminate structure, it is applicable only
The main longitudinal reinforcement bars used in when the material is within the elastic limit and
column shall not be less than 12 mm in diameter.
obeys Hook's law so that the law of superposition
Q.48. If the hard rock strata is very great depth, then holds good.
the feasible economical pile type is -
This principle gives an excellent experiment approach
(a) Under-reamed pile (b) End bearing pile
to determine the influence lines for indeterminate
(c) Friction pile (d) Batter pile structure.
Ans. (c) Friction Pile : Friction piles are useful when the ∴ Influence lines can be drawn for all structures,
strong strata are very deep and it is becoming determinate or indeterminate.
economically unfeasible to have end-bearing piles. In
such cases, friction piles can effectively perform the For example, to draw the influence line diagram for a
function by resisting the acting load through the skin vertical reaction at A in a simply supported beam as
friction. The use of friction piles would be more shown below.
effective when clayey soils are encountered. This is
because clayey soils have more adhesion coefficient.

Remove the ability to resist movement in the vertical

direction at A by using a guided roller
n
tio
nc
Ju
il
iv
C

Q.50. Liquidity ratios are used:

(a) To obtain much insight into the present cash
solvency of the firm and the firm's ability to remain
solvent in the event of adversity
Q.49. Mullers Breslau's principle can be applied to- (b) All of the options
(a) To draw the phreatic line diagram to statically (c) To measure a firm's ability to meet shortcut
determinate and indeterminate structures obligations
(b) To draw the influence line diagram to statically (d) To compare short term obligations to shortterm
indeterminate structures only resources available to meet these obligations
(c) To draw the influence line diagram to statically Ans. (b) Liquidity ratios are financial metrics that assess
determinate and indeterminate structures a company's ability to meet its short-term obligations
(d) To draw the influence line diagram to statically using its short-term assets.
determinate structures only • These ratios provide insight into the company's
Ans. (c) The principle used to draw the ILD of liquidity or its ability to convert assets into cash
indeterminate beams is Muller-Breslau’s theorem. quickly to cover short-term liabilities
According to Muller Breslau Principle : “If an internal • This is a very important criterion that creditors check
stress component (shear force, bending moment etc) before offering short-term loans to the business.
or reaction component is allowed to act through a • An organisation which is unable to clear dues results
small distance thereby causing deformation of the in creating an impact on the creditworthiness and
also affects the credit rating of the company.
structure, the curve of the deformed shape represents
to some scale, the influence lines for that stress or the There are following types of liquidity ratios :
reaction component.” • Current Ratio or Working Capital Ratio
• Quick Ratio also known as Acid Test Ratio
Application : Muller-Breslau's Principle is applicable to
• Cash Ratio also known as Cash Asset Ratio or
all structures, determinate or indeterminate.
Absolute Liquidity Ratio
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 66 Civil KI Goli
• Net Working Capital Ratio
Q.51. The double lacing shall be designed to resist
transverse shear Vt equal to - (where P is total load
acting on the column)
(a) 3.75% of P (b )5.0 % of P
(c) 2.5 % of P (d) 1.25% of P
Ans. (c) The lacing shall be proportioned to resist a
total transverse shear, (Vt), at any point in the member,
equals to at least 2.5 percent of the axial force in the
member and shall be divided equally among all Turn-Table : Turn table or wheel house is a device for
transverse lacing systems in parallel planes. turning railway rolling stock, usually locomotives, so
that they can be moved back in the direction from
For a single lacing system on two parallel faces, the
which they came.
force (compressive or tensile) in each bar,
𝑽 Q.54. The working stress method is also known as-
𝑭=
𝟐𝐬𝐢 𝐧 𝛉 (a) All of the options (b) Elastic method
For double lacing system on two parallel planes, the
(c) Critical method (d) Load factor method
force (compressive or tensile) in each bar,
𝑽 Ans. (b) Working stress method : working stress
𝑭=
𝟒𝐬𝐢 𝐧 𝛉 method is based on elastic theory. Concrete and steel
Q.52. The combined name for the two tests - are assumed to act together elastically and follow
elongation index and flakiness index is hook’s law. This method follows a deterministic
(a) Stability test (b) Strength test approach as it assumes that the loads, factor of safety
and permissible stresses are accurately known. In this
(c) Shape test (d) Surface test
method material strengths are not fully utilised in
Ans. (c) A combined value of flakiness index and designing the member.
flakiness index is to be determined for a sample of Limit state method : This method follows a non-
aggregates which is called Shape test.
deterministic approach as it adopts probable loads and
Flakiness Index[As per IS 2386 (Part 1):1963]: probable strengths of materials as per actual or based
• The flakiness index of an aggregate is the percentage on experience or observations depending upon the
by weight of particles in it whose least dimension is situations. Material strengths are fully utilised in
less than 0.60 times their mean dimension. designing the member.
• It is measured by a thickness gauge. Q.55. HDF board means -
Elongation Index[As per IS 2386 (Part 1):1963]: (a) Hardened dry fibre board
• The elongation index of an aggregate is the (b) High density fibre board
percentage by weight of particles in it whose greatest (c) High density flat board
dimension is more than 1.80 times their mean (d) Hardened dense fibre board
dimension.
Ans. (b) HDF stands for High Density Fibre Board.
• It is measured by a length gauge.
Important Characteristics of HDF are :
Q.53. A scissors cross over consists of one diamond and 1. Manufactured from wood fiber obtained from wood
(a) Four turn outs (b) Three turn outs chips and wood waste.
(c) Two turn outs (d) One turn out 2. Density = 800 kg/m3.
Ans. (a) Scissor Cross Over or Double Cross Over 3. Provide resistance against moisture and hence, used
• It enables the trains to change the track from either for laminate flooring.
direction along the main track. 4. Used as furniture in places having heavy traffic like
• It consists 4 pairs of points, 6 acute angle crossings, 2 cinemas, hotels and other commercial places.
obtuse angle crossings, check rails and straight
Q.56. Which device is used to measure the force acting
lengths
on an object?
• It is used when space for 2 separate cross over is not
(a) Manometer (b) Thermometer
available.
• It is the combination of one cross over the other cross (c) Barometer (d) Spring balance
over in the opposite direction. Ans. (d) A spring scale or spring balance is a type of
weighing scale.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 67 Civil KI Goli

• It consists of a spring fixed at one end with a hook to Ans. (b) Theodolite is the most precise instrument
attach an object at the other. designed for the measurement of horizontal and
• It works by Hooke's Law, which states that the force vertical angles. It has wide applicability in surveying
needed to extend a spring is proportional to the such as laying off horizontal angles, locating points on
distance that spring is extended from its rest position. line, prolonging survey lines, establishing grades,
determining the difference in elevation, setting out
curves etc.
Note:-Area is not determined with the help of
theodolite.
Q.60. In load bearing structures, if a wall is not bearing
the load from slab, that wall is also called as
(a) Tension wall (b) Retaining wall
(c) Partition wall (d) Intermediate wall
Ans. (c) The different types of walls are explained
below:
Q.57. The command which is used to make a regional Type of Wall Meaning
geometry in the AutoCAD is
This wall divides the entire area of
(a) REG (b) Array building into a number of
(c) CO (d) Trim Partition
component or segments to provide
Wall
Ans. (a) The various commands along with its usage are privacy. These are non-load bearing
as tabulated below: wall i.e. they do not resist any load.
A breast wall is constructed to
Command Used in
protect the natural sloping ground
REG To make a regional geometry
Breast Walls from the cutting action of natural
Array Creates an array of rows and columns agents. Breast walls also prevent
n

of copies of the selected objects

tio

slides of unreliable soils.

CO Copies objects a specified distance in
nc

Gravity retaining walls use

Ju

a specified direction Retaining

their weight to resist earth
il

Walls
iv

Trim To trim and finish the objects pressures.

C

∴ The command which is used to make a regional Parapet walls are used to prevent
geometry in the AutoCAD is REG. Parapet walls the spread of fires. Hence, also
Q.58. Tendons are steel reinforcements mandatorily called fire walls.
required for It is semi gravity type wall used to
Tension Wall
(a) Precast concrete elements resist tension developed in walls.
(b) Prefabricated concrete elements It is load bearing wall constructed
Intermediate
(c) Prestressed concrete elements in between the columns to transfer
wall
(d) Pressed steel elements load from slab to foundation.
Ans. (c) Tendons are the high tensile strength Q.61. The process of marking the positions of various
steel wires used in prestressed concrete structural foundations and other elements on to the ground as
elements like beam, column, etc. These are the per the drawings is called as
medium through which the tensile stresses are induced (a) Settlement of foundations
into the concrete. It maybe one single steel wire or a (b) Settling of foundations
group of wires twisted together to develop required (c) Siting of foundations
tensile stresses. (d) Setting out of foundations
For precast or prefabricated concrete elements, steel Ans. (d) Setting out of foundations : It is the process in
bars of diameter 18 mm, 20 mm, 24 mm, 28 mm, 32 which excavated line and centreline on ground are
mm, etc. are used. marked or laid down on ground level on the basis of
Q.59. Which of the following cannot be done with help available ‘Good for Construction’ drawings for
of theodolite in surveying? foundation works.
(a) Setting out curves Steps for Setting out of Foundation for Building Work
(b) Determining the area of ground Marking of Corners of Building ⇒ Marking of Centre
(c) Establishing grades lines of trenches ⇒ Measuring of Offsets from centre
(d) Determining the difference in elevation lines ⇒ marking of frontage lines as per requirement ⇒

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 68 Civil KI Goli

Positioning of cross walls by taking measurement along • The disease can manifest in different forms, including
the main walls cutaneous (skin), inhalation, and gastrointestinal
Q.62. The lorry or truck bringing RMC from factory to anthrax.
construction site is called as - Q.65. The specific gravity of commonly available
(a) Concrete Truck (b) Transit Mixer ordinary Portland Cement is-
(c) Concrete Mixer (d) RMC Truck (a) 2.05 (b) 3.15
Ans. (b) Transit Mixer : Ready-mixed refers to concrete (c) 1.83 (d) 4.92
that is batched for delivery from a central mixing plant Ans. (b) The specific gravity is normally defined as the
instead of being mixed on the job site. ratio between the weight of a given volume of material
• Each batch of ready-mixed concrete is tailormade and weight of an equal volume of water. To determine
according to the specifications of the contractor or the specific gravity of cement, kerosene which does not
concrete mix design and is delivered to the site in a react with cement is used. Le Chatelier’s flask is used to
green or plastic condition, usually in the cylindrical determine the specific gravity of cement which comes
trucks often known as “Transit mixers.” out to be 3.15.
• The real advantage for the construction industry Q.66. Drawing pencils are graded according to increase
accrues from the quality of the concrete because of in relative -
the expertise and experience of the batching plant QC (a) Hardness (b) Diameter
Engineer.
(c) Sharpness (d) Length
• However, the quality of the structure made using
RMC largely depends on close coordination between Ans. (a) Pencil lead is made of graphite and kaolin
the supplier of RMC and the builder at the site at all (clay). Higher the kaolin, higher the hardness.
stages starting from ordering concrete to discharging • The hardest pencil is 9H.
and placing of the concrete. • The softest pencil is 7B.
• Transit Mixers can drive directly onto the site and can • For construction lines chose 2H or 3H.
mechanically control the positioning of the discharge • For lettering and object line chose H pencil.
chute without the help of the contractor's personnel.
Q.63. Coefficient of earth pressure at rest is given by:(μ
- Poisson's Ratio)
(a) (1 - μ) / μ (b) μ / (1 + μ)
(c) (1 + μ) / μ (d) μ / (1 - μ)
Ans. (d) Coefficient of Active Earth Pressure
Coefficient:
𝟏−𝐬𝐢 𝐧(𝛟) 𝛟
𝑲𝒂 = = 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 (𝟒𝟓 − ) Q.67. One cubic meter of mild steel weighs about-
𝟏+𝐬𝐢 𝐧(𝛟) 𝟐
(a) 3625 kg (b) 12560 kg
Coefficient of Passive Earth Pressure Coefficient:
𝟏+𝐬𝐢 𝐧(𝛟) 𝛟
(c) 7850 kg (d) 1000 kg
𝑲𝒑 = = 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 (𝟒𝟓 + )
𝟏−𝐬𝐢 𝐧(𝛟) 𝟐 Ans. (c) As per 2.2.4.1 of IS 800:2007 Physical
Coefficient of Earth Pressure at rest: properties of structural steel irrespective of its grade
k r=
μ may be taken as:
1-μ
(i) Unit mass of steel (p) = 7850 kg/m³
Where,
(ii) Modulus of elasticity, E = 2.0 x 105 N/mm² (MPa) =
μ is the coefficient is the Poisson ratio. 200 kN/mm²
Q.64. Anthrax is caused by a type of (iii) Poisson ratio, μ = 0.3
(a) Fungi (b) Virus (iv) Modulus of rigidity, G = 0.769 x 105 N/mm² (MPa)
(c) Bacteria (d) Protozoa (v) Co-efficient of thermal expansion (a)=12x 10-6 per °C
Ans. (c) Anthrax is caused by the bacterium Bacillus Q.68. Grades of Cement and Concrete is expressed in
anthracis. which SI units?
• This bacterium produces spores that can survive in (a) Kg/cm2 (b) MPa (or) N/mm2
the environment for long periods. (c) Psi (d) Pa (or) n / m2
• Anthrax infection can occur through contact with Ans. (b)IS 456-2000 has designated the concrete mixes
infected animals or their products, ingestion of into a number of grades as M10, M15, M20, M25, M30,
contaminated meat, or inhalation of spores. M35 and M40. In this designation the letter M refers to
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 69 Civil KI Goli
the mix and the number to the specified 28 day cube • By addressing cracks early on, before they lead to
strength of mix in N/mm2 or MPa. more significant structural issues, this activity helps
The mixes of grades are as follows: prevent further deterioration, ensuring the longevity
and stability of the masonry.
Strength Nominal Mix Design
Renewal of flooring :
M10 1:3:6
• Type of Repair: Corrective Maintenance or Planned
M15 1:2:4
Maintenance
M20 1:1.5:3 • Renewal of flooring can fall into both corrective and
M25 1:1:2 planned maintenance categories.
Q.69. The process of separation of coarse aggregates • If the renewal is done in response to existing issues
from concrete during transportation is called (e.g., worn-out or damaged flooring), it is corrective
(a) Creeping (b) Bleeding maintenance.
(c) Segregation (d) Workability • However, if the renewal is part of a scheduled and
proactive maintenance plan to replace aging or
Ans. (c) Segregation: Segregation can be defined as
outdated flooring, it can be considered planned or
the separation of the constituent materials of
preventive maintenance.
concrete.
• It results in the honeycomb structure, porous layer in Q.71. For dust free flooring ,the floor finish material
concrete, and presence of sand streak also. should have which property mainly?
• Insufficiently mixed concrete with excess (a) Impact resistance
water content shows a higher tendency for (b) Abrasion resistance
segregation. (c) Compressive strength
• In the wetter mix as the water, content is (d) Flexural strength
more chances of segregation is more. Ans. (b) Abrasion resistance
• If there is a large proportion of maximum size • Abrasion resistance is crucial in preventing the
aggregate or coarse grading, segregation may occur. surface from wearing down due to friction, foot
n

traffic, or other mechanical actions.

tio

Q.70. Identify the repair type related to preventive

• A finish with good abrasion resistance will be more
nc

maintenance.
Ju

(a) Repairing pot holes in roads durable and less likely to generate dust over time.
il
iv

(b) Filling up cracks in masonry • Abrasion resistance is the ability of a material to

C

(c) Painting of doors and windows withstand wear and erosion caused by friction,
(d) Renewal of flooring rubbing, or scraping.
• It measures how well a material can maintain its
Ans. (c) Painting of doors and windows
surface integrity when subjected to repeated contact
• Type of Repair: Preventive Maintenance with abrasive substances.
• Filling up cracks in masonry is an example of
Q.72. After fixing the plane table to the tripod, the
preventive maintenance.
main operations which are needed at each plane table
• By addressing cracks early on, before they lead to
station are:
more significant structural issues, this activity helps
prevent further deterioration, ensuring the longevity (i) leveling
and stability of the masonry. (ii) orientation
Repairing pot holes in roads : (iii) centering
• Type of Repair: Corrective Maintenance The correct sequence of these operations is-
• Repairing potholes in roads is typically a corrective (a) (ii), (iii), (i) (b) (i), (ii), (iii)
maintenance activity. (c) (i), (iii), (ii) (d) (iii), (i), (ii)
• It involves fixing a problem (potholes) after it has Ans. (c) At each station, the plane table is required to
occurred to restore the road to its proper condition. get set up before carrying out any plotting work. It
• Preventive maintenance, on the other hand, focuses basically consists of three operations: fixing, centering
on activities that prevent such issues from occurring and levelling.
in the first place.
(a) Fixing : The top of the tripod stand is fixed in level
Filling up cracks in masonry : by eye estimation at a convenient height with its legs
• Type of Repair: Preventive Maintenance uniformly spread and shoes fixed firmly into the
• Filling up cracks in masonry is an example of ground.
preventive maintenance.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 70 Civil KI Goli

(b) Centering : There are two types of operations (c) 1.5 and 1.5 (d) 1.10 and 1.25
involved in the centring of the plane table. Ans. (b) As per IS 800 : 2007 codal provisions partial
• Centering with reference to the already plotted factor safety kept for shop welding is 1.25 and for filed
position of the station: The pointed end of the upper welding is 1.5. The reason for considering more partial
arm of a U-fork is held at the plotted position of the factor of safety for field welding is that in field quality
station and the table is shifted and adjusted in such a control in welding is less as compared to welding done
way that the tip of the plumb bob points exactly over at factories or shops.
the ground station
Q.75. _______ are lines drawn on a map to locate, in
• Centering with reference to the ground location of the plan view, points of equal ground elevation.
the station: The tip of the plumb bob attached to a U-
(a) Profiles (b) Contours
frame is placed exactly over the ground point which
is required to be transferred; The point (c) Elevations (d) Hatches
corresponding to the tip of the pointed arm of the U- Ans. (b) The line joining the points of equal elevation
frame provides the transferred position on the table on ground called contour line and the difference of
(c) Levelling : The top of the table is levelled by moving elevation between two consecutive contours is called
the legs of the tripod. contour intervals.
(d) Orientation : It is the process of plane table survey Important points about Contour Line :
of setting position of board at survey staion. 1. Contour line never cross each other and never joins
For plane table surveying, Levelling is performed first, at one location except Vertical Cliff or overhang.
followed by centering and then orientation. 2. All contours on earth surface are always closed
For dumpy level, theodolite and other instruments, contours.
centering is done first. 3. Contours of small spacing indicate steep slope and
Q.73. In soil compaction, if the MDD (Maximum Dry contour of large spacing indicate mild or gentle
Density) has to be increased and that too at all lower slope.
OMC (Optimum Moisture Content), then the method 4. If some contours are found in small map or small
required is area then it indicates a pond or hill in that area.
(a) Increase the weight of rammer Q.76. A divide wall is provided-
(b) Increase the height of fall of rammer (a) Parallel to the axis of weir and upstream of it
(c) Mix more cohesionless soil (b) At an inclination to the axis of weir
(d) Increase the surface area of rammer contact plate (c) At right angle to the axis of weir
Ans. (a) Maximum Dry Density (MDD) with minimum (d) Parallel to the axis of weir and downstream of it
moisture content (OMC) means Minimum voids, Ans. (c) Divide wall : These is much like a pier and is
Minimum permeability and maximum Bearing Capacity provided between the sets of under sluice or river
due to an increase in strength of the soil. sluice or spill bays.
• MDD and OMC depend on impact energy The main functions of a divide wall :
(compactive effort) given to soil specimens. Higher • It separates the turbulent floodwaters from the
the impact energy, higher will be MDD and lower pocket in front of the canal head.
OMC.
• It helps in checking parallel flow (to the axis of the
• Here, the impact energy is the gravitational potential barrage) which would be caused by the formation of
energy i.e. mgh; where m is mass of rammer, h is the deep channels leading from the river to the pocket in
height of fall. The impact energy can be increased front of the sluices.
either by increasing the weight of rammer or by
increasing the height of the fall.
• On increasing the surface area of rammer contact
plate, stresses induced on the soil get reduced which
in turn reduces the compactive effort. Hence, less
MDD and Higher OMC.
• Addition of more cohesionless soil, the percentage of
fines in soil increases which in turn increases the
surface area of soil mass and higher surface area
demands higher water. Hence OMC will be increased.
Q.74. Partial safety factor for shop welding and field
welding are
(a) 1.25 and 1.25 (b) 1.25 and 1.5
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 71 Civil KI Goli
∴ The main functions of a divide wall is to separate the Ans. (b) The portion of structure above the ground
under sluices. level is called superstructure and portion of structure
below the ground level called sub structure.
A substructure generally consists of foundations o r
underground basements. The main functions of sub
structure is to resist the load upto certain extent
coming from superstructure and transfer the remaining
load to soil and soil has to bear this load as per its
bearing capacity.
The structure which are designed in such a way that
they have minimum impact on human health and
surrounding environment and constructed using
modern green materials like Portland Pozzolanic
Q.77. The locus of reaction of a two hinged semi-
Cement, AAC Blocks and Energy saving devices like
circular arch is-
LEDs are called sustainable structures. These are also
(a) Straight line (b) Parabola Green buildings or structures.
(c) Circle (d) Hyperbola The structures which are constructed under water and
Ans. (a) The locus of the reaction of a two hinged semi- either partially or fully submerged in water are
circular arch is a straight line whereas the locus of the called submerged structures.
reaction of a two-hinged parabolic arch is a parabolic
curve.
For two Hinged Semi-circular Arch :
n
tio
nc
Ju
il
iv
C

Reaction locus is straight line parallel to the line joining Q.79. In AutoCAD, the Free Orbit tool is found on the
abutments and height at πR/2. ___ toolbar.
For two Hinged Parabolic Arch : (a) Move (b) Modify
(c) 3-D Move (d) Rotate
Ans. (b) In AutoCAD, the Free Orbit tool is found on the
Modify toolbar.
The Modify toolbar contains:
Move Copy Fillet Trim Mirror

𝟏.𝟔𝒉𝑳𝟐
𝒚 = 𝑷𝑬 =
𝑳𝟐 +𝑳𝒙−𝒙𝟐
Q.80. Which of the following is the correct statement?
Q.78. The portions of the structure below the ground In beam to column connections in steel construction, if
level are called as torsion is permitted at the ends of simply supported
beams by not providing the cleats, the:
(a) Submerged Structures (b) Sub-structures
(c) Sustainable Structures (d) Super-structures (a) Effective length of the beam increases by 20%

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 72 Civil KI Goli

(b) Joint has to be designed for torsion Ans. (c) Superelevation is expressed as,
(c) Effective length remains same as the actual length 𝑽𝟐
(d) Permissible bending stresses are increased by 𝒆𝒅𝒆𝒔𝒊𝒈𝒏 =
𝒈𝑹
around 10%
Design superelevation is calculated considering the
Ans. (a) In steel beam connection, joints are designed 75% of design speed.
by considering the effect of torsion to equivalent shear. 𝟓 𝟐
Hence, total design shear which is to be resisted by (𝟎.𝟕𝟓𝒗)𝟐 (𝟎.𝟕𝟓×
𝟏𝟖
×𝑽)
𝒆𝒅𝒆𝒔𝒊𝒈𝒏 = =
connection will be increased but there is no increase in 𝒈𝑹 𝒈𝑹
𝟐
permissible bending stress because torsion at joints 𝑽
=
makes connection weak. 𝟐𝟐𝟓𝑹
Further, there is increase in effective length of the Where v is design speed in m/sec
beam because one end is fully fixed against rotation and V is in kmph
and translation and other end is partially rotated or Q.83. While representing the diameter in dimensioning
twisted because of torsion. The effective length for this it is represented as
situation as per IS 800: 2007 is 1.2 times the
(a) Ø (b) d
unsupported length.
(c) Dia (d) D
∴ In beam to column connections in steel construction,
if torsion is permitted at the ends of simply supported Ans. (a) When representing the diameter in
beams by not providing the cleats, the effective length dimensioning, it is typically denoted by the "⌀" symbol,
of the beam increases by 20%. followed by the numerical value of the diameter.
Q.81. A combined footing may be rectangular in shape For example, "⌀50 mm" means the diameter of the
if - circular object is 50 millimeters. This symbol is
universally used in technical drawings, engineering
(a) Both the columns carry equal loads
blueprints, and CAD designs to indicate circular or
(b) One column is loaded and the other column is a
cylindrical features.
tension column
(c) Rectangular shape of combined footing depends Q.84. Mud pumping is a problem occurring in which
not on column loads but on soil type type of pavement?
(d) Both the columns carry unequal loads (a) Rigid concrete roads (b) Flexible bitumen roads
Ans. (a) In the case of isolated footing, the shape and (c) Earthen roads (d) Moorum roads
size of footing depend on the type of soil but in case of Ans. (a) Mud pumping recognized when the soil slurry
combined footing, only the size of footing depends on ejects out through the joints and cracks of cement
the type of soil. concrete pavement caused during the downward
movement of the slab under the heavy wheel loads.
Shape Conditions When to Use Pumping is noticed just after the rains in cement
When only one concrete pavements that are placed on clayey soil
Rectangular

projection of footing is subgrade.

Columns Carry
restricted i.e. either Q.85. What is the curve resistance for a 50 tonnes train
equal Loads.
length or width of on a BG track on a 4°curve?
footing limited. (a) 0.06 tonne (b) 0.01 tonne
Space Limitation (c) 0.05 tonne (d) 0.08 tonne
and when on Both projections of the
Ans. (d) Curve Resistance on BG track is given by
Trapezoidal

column carries footing beyond the

following formula :
more load than faces of the columns
that of other are restricted i.e. both R = 0.0004 × W × D
column Columns length and width of Where
i.e. Carry unequal footing are limited. W = Weight of train in tonnes and D = Degree of curve
loads. In this case: D = 4 and W = 50 tonnes
Q.82. The superelevation 'e' is expressed as - (where v We get, Curve resistance, R = 0.0004 × 50 × 4 = 0.08
= speed of vehicle,g = Acceleration due to gravity,R = tonne
radius of the horizontal curve, W = weight of the Curve Resistance formula for other type of Gauges :
vehicle,G = Universal gravitational constant)
For MG: R = 0.0003 × W × D
(a) e = v3 /gR (b) e = h / GR
For NG: R = 0.0002 × W × D
(c) e = v2 /gR (d) e = W / GR
Where,

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 73 Civil KI Goli

W = Weight of train in tonnes and coplanar concurrent forces.he forces meet at one point
D = Degree of curve in all above cases. but their lines of action do not lie in one plane:
Q.86. The minimum area required for the isolated • If the two vectors lie on the same plane, then, they
footing to carry a factored load of 1000 kN constructed are called coplanar vectors. If the vectors meet, then,
over the soil of safe bearing capacity 150 kN/m 2 is they are called concurrent vectors. The force is a
vector quantity.
(a) 4.4 m2 (b) 6.7 m2
2
• As the forces meet at one point. Thus, these forces
(c) 4.9 m (d) 7.3 m2
can be called concurrent. The lines of actions of these
Ans. (d) To calculate factored load, consider 10% of forces do not lie in one plane, thus, these forces can
dead load as the self-weight of footing. So, Design Load be called non-coplanar.
= 1.1 x Factored load. • The forces, which meet at one point but their lines of
Area required for footing = action do not lie in one plane, are called non-coplanar
Design axial load on footing including self weight of footing concurrent forces.
Safe bearing capacity of soil
Non-coplanar non-concurrent forces:
Factored load, P = 1000 kN
• The forces, which do not meet at one point and their
For safe , self-weight is considered as 10 % of load lines of action do not lie on the same plane, are called
Adding 10 % of load as self weight = 0.1 × 1000 = 100 non-coplanar non-concurrent forces.
kN
Design load = 1000 + 100 = 1100 kN
Safe bearing capacity of Soil, q = 150 kN/m2
𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎
Area required = = 𝟕. 𝟑𝟑 𝒎𝟐
𝟏𝟓𝟎

Q.87. The forces which meet at one point and have

their line of action in different planes are called
(a) Intersecting forces
n
tio

(b) Non-coplanar non-concurrent forces

nc

(c) Coplanar non-concurrent forces

Ju

(d) Non-coplanar concurrent forces

il
iv
C

Ans. (d) When two or more forces act on a body, they

are called to form a system of forces.
Coplanar forces:
• The forces, whose lines of action lie on the same Q.88. In any good staircase, the maximum and
plane, are known as coplanar forces. minimum pitch should be
Colinear forces: (a) 90° and 0° (b) 75° and 30°
• The forces, whose lines of action lie on the same line, (c) 40° and 25° (d) 60° and 10°
are known as colinear forces.
Ans. (c) There are no direct specification for maximum
Concurrent forces:
pitch and minimum pitch in IS 456, however, maximum
• The forces, which meet at one point, are known as and minimum pitch can be calculated as follows:
concurrent forces. The concurrent forces may or may R
not be colinear. 𝐭𝐚𝐧 θ =
T
Coplanar concurrent forces:
• The forces, which meet at one point and their lines of
action also lie on the same plane, are known as
coplanar concurrent forces.
Coplanar non-concurrent forces:
• The forces, which do not meet at one point, but their
lines of action lie on the same plane, are known as
coplanar non-concurrent forces.
Non-coplanar concurrent forces: As per IS Code:
• The forces, which meet at one point, but their lines of Stair case cross-section
action do not lie on the same plane, are known as non-

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 74 Civil KI Goli

Tread : For residential building: 220 – 250 mm, Public: • The load on the conjugate beam is the M/EI diagram
250 – 300 mm, Riser: For Residential building: 150 – 180 of the loads on the actual beam.
mm, and Public Building: 120 – 150 mm. • Simple support for the real beam remains simple
Now, Maximum pitch: support for the conjugate beam.
Maximum Riser 𝟏𝟖𝟎 • A fixed end for the real beam becomes free end for
𝐭𝐚𝐧 θ = = = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟐
Minimum Tread 𝟐𝟐𝟎 the conjugate beam.
∴ θ = 39.35° • The point of zero shear force for the conjugate beam
Minimum pitch : corresponds to a point of zero slope for the real
𝐭𝐚𝐧 θ =
Minimum riser
=
𝟏𝟐𝟎
= 𝟎. 𝟒 beam.
Maximum tread 𝟑𝟎𝟎
• The point of maximum moment for the conjugate
∴ θ = 22° beam corresponds to a point of maximum deflection
Hence, most appropriate option is ‘3’ is 40° and 25°. for the real beam.
• The conjugate beam must be satisfied static
Q.89. Consider the following statements : In solid equilibrium condition.
waste management • No other loading should be applied to the conjugate
1. Density separation of solid wastes can be beam other than the elastic weight.
accomplished by air classifiers. • The original beam (Real beam) must be statically
determinate.
2. Iron recovery from solid wastes can be done by
magnetic separators.
3. Aluminium separation from solid wastes can be Q.91. In Contractual payments, RA Bill means:
accomplished by eddy current separators. (a) Received Amount Bill
Which of the statements given above are correct? (b) Receipts and Accounts Bill
(a) 1 and 3 (b) 2 and 3 (c) Recurring Amount Bill
(c) 1 and 2 (d) 1, 2 and 3 (d) Running Account Bill
Ans. (d) Density separation of solid wastes can indeed
be accomplished by air classifiers. Ans. (d) Running Account Bill – Form A : It is a type of
• These machines use a method of separation that form which is used for advance payment without any
exploits the differences in densities of the materials measurement. It may be used for advance running bill
in the solid wastes. payment for unmeasured work only. It may also be
• Iron is a ferrous metal and can be recovered from used for combination of unmeasured work and
solid waste using magnetic separators. measured work or if ‘on account’ payment is to be
• These devices utilize the magnetic properties of iron made but an advance payment already made for the
to pull it out from a mixed waste stream. same work is outstanding.
• Aluminium, being a non-ferrous metal but having Running Account Bill – Form C : It is a type of form
electrical conductivity, can be separated from solid which is used for contracts both for works executed on
wastes using an eddy current separator. piece work system. This form is widely used specially
• Eddy currents are created by applying a powerful for medium sized works executed through K2 contract
magnetic field, which induces currents and or split up works or projects entrusted on nomination
consequently magnetic fields in conductive materials to a number of contractors.
like aluminium. Q.92. Pick up the correct statement from the following
• The created magnetic fields interact with the original (a) Runway edge from the landing side is called
one, causing a force that ejects the aluminium from threshold
the mixed waste stream. (b) Localizer indicates to the pilot his position with
respect to the proposed alignment
Q.90. Bending moment at any section in a conjugate (c) The glide slope indicates the correct angle of
beam gives the actual beam's - descent
(a) Curvature (b) Bending moment (d) All of the options
(c) Deflection (d) Slope Ans. (c) Instrument Landing System
Ans. (c) Properties of conjugate beam method: There are several components that make up an ILS
system:
• The length of a conjugate beam is always equal to the
length of the actual beam. ➢ Localizer for horizontal guidance
➢ Glideslope for vertical guidance
➢ Approach lights (optional)
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 75 Civil KI Goli
➢ Marker beacons (optional) • It is not economical but will give more safety for
• The localizer antenna is used for horizontal guidance, workers. So, it is used extensively nowadays.
and it's positioned on the far end of the runway. The Trestle scaffolding : In Trestle scaffolding, the working
localizer transmits signals on 108.1 MHz, up to and platform is supported on movable tripods or ladders.
including 111.95 MHz (odd tenths only). • This is generally used for work inside the room, such
• Localizers have an adjusted course width so the as paintings, repairs etc., up to a height of 5m.
course is 700 feet wide at the runway threshold (full
Suspended scaffolding : In suspended scaffolding, the
scale fly-left to a full scale fly-right).
working platform is suspended from roofs with the
• The glideslope provides vertical guidance, and the
help of wire ropes or chains etc., it can be raised or
antenna is typically located 750 to 1250 feet down
lowered to our required level.
the runway, and 400 to 600 feet from the side of a
runway's centerline. • This type of scaffolding is used for repair works,
pointing, paintings etc.
Q.93. Which of the following concepts is the basic
principle of structural design? Q.95. The particle size of an aggregate bigger than 4.75
mm but smaller than 75 mm is known as-
(a) Partial Weak column-beam
(b) Equally Strong column-beam (a) Course aggregate
(c) Strong-column Weak-beam (b) Silt
(d) Weak-column Strong-beam (c) Clay
Ans. (c) The main principle of structural design is based (d) Fine aggregate
on the fact that if any one or two beams fails in any Ans. (a) According to the ISSC system size of coarse
building, the whole building will not collapse rather aggregates starts from 0.075 mm or 75 microns and
there is redistribution of building load on remaining ends at 80 mm. So sieve of 4.75 mm and 10 mm are
beams which is further transformed to column. normally used for classification in coarse aggregates.
Obviously, now columns have to bear more loads The table below shows the tabular data for different
hence, column must be strong enough to bear that sieve suitable for different sizes of aggregates : -
load. Based on this concept we use Strong Column and
n
tio

weak beam in which first the beams are designed and

nc

then the column to ensure that the columns are Very Boulder size > 300 mm
Ju

coarse 80 – 300
il

designed for higher moment resisting capacity than Cobble size

iv

soils mm
C

that of beams.
Coarse 20 – 80 mm
Q.94. The most common type of scaffolding which is Gravel size
4.75 – 20
widely used in the construction of brickwork is - (G) Fine
mm
(a) Suspended scaffolding 2 – 4.75
(b) Trestle scaffolding Coarse Coarse
mm
soils
(c) Steel scaffolding 0.425 – 2
Sand size (S) Medium
(d) Single scaffolding mm
Ans. (d) Single scaffolding : Single scaffolding is 0.075 –
Fine
generally used for brick masonry and is also called as 0.425 mm
brick layer’s scaffolding. 0.002 –
Silt size (M)
Fine soils 0.075 mm
• Single scaffolding consists of standards, ledgers,
Clay size (C) < 0.002 mm
putlogs etc., which is parallel to the wall at a distance
of about 1.2 m. Q.96. Coning of train wheels is done for the purpose of-
• Distance between the standards is about 2 to 2.5 m. (a) For reducing the self-weight of wheels
Ledgers connect the standards at vertical interval of (b) Enabling the train wheels to cover different
1.2 to 1.5 m. distances along the inner and outer curves
• Putlogs are taken out from the hole left in the wall to simultaneously
one end of the ledgers. Putlogs are placed at an (c) For reducing the frictional contact surface area with
interval of 1.2 to 1.5 m. the rails
Steel scaffolding : Steel scaffolding is constructed by (d) For decorative purposes
steel tubes which are fixed together by steel couplers Ans. (b) The below diagram show cross-section of the
or fittings. permanent way as per Indian Railway Standard :
• It is very easy to construct or dismantle. It has greater
strength, greater durability and higher fire resistance.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 76 Civil KI Goli

 (a) Decrease initially for some time and increase later
(b) Increase with time
(c) Increase initially for some time and decrease later
(d) Decrease with time
Ans. (d) Trap efficiency of a reservoir is the ratio of
total sediments retained by reservoir to the total
sediments entering into reservoir (inflow sediments).
Trap efficiency of reservoir is the function of ratio of
reservoir capacity and total inflow.
The reservoir capacity is inversely related to the
amount of sediments deposited. As the time
Coning : Inward provision of the slope of 1:20 on the passes, rate of silting or rate of deposition of sediments
wheels of the railway wagon to counteract the reduces but amount of sediments deposited will be
centrifugal force acting the on the train. So, it enables increased which in turn reduces the capacity of
the train wheels to cover different distances along the reservoir. Hence, trap efficiency also gets reduced.
inner and outer curves simultaneously. Other factors affecting trap efficiency :
1. Size of reservoir and stream : A larger reservoir on
small stream has less capacity inflow ratio and hence
having higher trap efficiency.
2. Velocity of flow of stream : Higher velocity less
deposition of sediments, lower is the trap efficiency.

Q.99. To design the deep beam, the factors that are

taken into account are
(a) Non-linear distribution of stress
(b) Temperature stresses
(c) All of the options
(d) Lateral buckling
Q.97. Which of the following is used to measure the
Ans. (c) Factors considered in design of deep beams:
difference in pressures between two points in a pipe or
in two different pipes? • The deep beam is considered as vertical plate
(a) Orifice meter subjected to loading in its own plane due to which it
can bend or buckle laterally. For analysis purpose, it
(b) Piezometer
is treated as 2D plane stress problem.
(c) Differential manometer • Due higher depth of deep beams, shear deformations
(d) Single column manometer cannot be neglected and their contribution becomes
Ans. (c) The various types of devices and its application significant which in turn results non uniform strain
are as follows : and stress distribution along the depth of deep beam.
Device Purpose • The effect of temperature stresses are also
Pitot tube Velocity of flow in rivers or Open considered in designing of deep beam because when
channel flow velocity measurement deep beams subjected to high heat and then rapidly
Orifice Meter Discharge in pipe cooling reduces the strength and increases the
Venturimeter Discharge in pipe deflection.
Piezometer Measurement of low pressure at Q.100. When the soil layer surrounding a portion of the
any point in pipe flow pile shaft settles more than the pile, a downward drag
Single Measurement of high pressure at occurs in pile, then the drag is known as -
column any point in pipe flow (a) Negative vibration (b) Negative skin friction
manometer (c) Friction piles (d) Single acting hammer
Differential Measurement of the difference in
Ans. (b) Negative skin friction : It is usually a
manometer pressures between two points in a
downward shear drag acting on a pile or pile group
pipe
because of downward movement of surrounding soil
Q.98. The trap efficiency of a reservoir after relative to the piles. Such a force can exist under one of
commissioning will - the following conditions:

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 77 Civil KI Goli

1. If a fill of clay soil is placed over a granular soil layer
into which a pile is driven, the fill will exert a
downward drag force on the pile due to
consolidation.
2. If a fill of granular soil is placed over a layer of soft
clay, it will induce the process of consolidation in
the clay layer and thus exert a downward drag on
the pile.
3. Lowering of the water table will increase the
vertical effective stress on the soil at any depth, so
it can induce negative skin friction on piles.
Now axial capacity of a pile is summation of upward
reaction due to bearing at base and net upward skin
frictional resistance. As, the negative skin friction
(acting downward) lowers the net skin resistance, it in
turn reduces the axial capacity of piles.
A schematic diagram of negative skin friction on piles is
shown below:

n
tio
nc
Ju
il
iv
C

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 78 Civil KI Goli

 (c) Wet clay (d) Coal run of mine
RRB JE Civil CBT-II RE- Ans. (b) The permissible incline in a belt conveyor is the
EXAM 19 September 2019 maximum angle at which the conveyor can operate
Q.01. Which of the following apparatus is used to without the material sliding back down the belt. The
determine the specific gravity of the soil? angle of incline depends on several factors, including
the type of material being conveyed, the belt speed,
(a) Penetrometer (b) Tachometer
and the surface characteristics of the belt.
(c) Pycnometer (d) Graphometer
• Dry silica sand has a high angle of repose, which
Ans. (c) Pycnometer method : is used to determine means that it can be conveyed at a steeper angle
specific gravity and water content both. This method is without sliding back. However, foundry sand is more
suitable for cohesionless soils. cohesive and has a lower angle of repose. This means
Pycnometer is a glass jar of 1-liter capacity that is fitted that it is more likely to slide back down the belt if the
at its top by a conical cap made of brass. It has a screw incline is too steep.
type cover and there is a small hole at its apex of 6 mm • Wet clay has a very low angle of repose and is difficult
diameter. to convey on a belt conveyor. It is often necessary to
use a screw conveyor or other type of conveyor for
wet clay.
• Coal run of mine has a moderate angle of repose and
can be conveyed on a belt conveyor at a relatively
steep angle. However, it is important to ensure that
the belt speed is not too high, as this can cause the
coal to slide back down the belt.
• Therefore, the permissible incline in a belt conveyor
will be maximum for foundry sand, which has a lower
W1 = Mass of empty volume of pycnometer angle of repose and is less likely to slide back down
W2 = Mass of pycnometer + Mass of moist sample the belt.
W3 = Mass of pycnometer + soil + water Q.04. In which method of disposal of municipal solid
W4 = Mass of pycnometer full of water waste, the waste is dumped in the soil?
Gs = Specific gravity of soil solids (a) Incineration (b) Land filing
Water content of the soil sample is given by: (c) Composting (d) Shredding
𝑾𝟐 −𝑾𝟏 𝑮−𝟏
𝒘=( )( )−𝟏 Ans. (b) Landfilling : Landfilling is a method of waste
𝑾𝟑 −𝑾𝟒 𝑮
disposal in which waste is buried in the ground in a
Specific gravity is usually reported at 27°C and it is
specially designed and engineered facility called a
given by:
𝑾𝟐 −𝑾𝟏
landfill.
𝑮𝒔 = (𝑾 • Landfills are typically located in remote areas to
𝟐 −𝑾𝟏 )−(𝑾𝟑 −𝑾𝟒 )

Q.02. What is the permissible tensile stress in bolts minimize the impact on surrounding communities.
used for column bases? The waste is compacted and covered with soil to
prevent it from being exposed to the environment.
(a) 120 N/mm2 (c) 150 N/mm2
2
• Landfills are also designed to collect and manage the
(c) 0.4 N/mm (d) 0.6 N/mm2
leachate and gases produced by the decomposition
of waste. This helps to protect groundwater and air
Ans. (a) Permissible tensile stresses in bolts used for quality.
column bases is 120 N/mm2. Q.05. What is a 'Coping'?
Permissible Maximum Stress Stress Value (a) Ornamental moulded course placed on the top of
Permissible average shear stress 0.40 fy wall
Permissible maximum shear stress 0.45 fy (b) A projecting piece usually provided to support a
Permissible axial tensile stress 0.60 fy truss
(c) A projecting piece usually provided to support a
Permissible compressive or tensile 0.66 fy
roof
bending Stress
(d) A covering of concrete placed on the exposed top of
Permissible bearing stress 0.75 fy
an external wall
Q.03. In which case will the permissible incline in belt
conveyor be maximum?
(a) Dry silica sand (b) Foundry sand
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 79 Civil KI Goli
Ans. (d) Coping: It is a course placed upon the exposed (c) 45° (d) 10°
top of an external wall to prevent the seepage of Ans. (a) Web Crippling : It occurs due to a concentrated
water. load on the beam, due to reaction at support, high
Various components of the building are given in below compressive stresses are produced in the web near to
figure : the upper flange or lower flange.
Web crippling result in stress concentration and
bearing failure.
If the beam section is safe in crippling, it will also safe
in buckling.
Load dispersion angle from bearing plate -30o

Q.08. The area covered by all floors of the building is

called-
(a) Floor area (b) Built up area
(c) Floor space index (d) Carpet area
Ans. (b) Plinth area : It is the covered built-
up area measured at the floor level of any storey or at
the floor level of the basement.
n
tio

• The plinth area is also called a built-up area and is the

nc

entire area occupied by the building including

Ju

internal and external walls. It is generally 10-20%

il
iv
C

more than the carpet area.

Q.09. The point where the alignment changes from a
straight line or tangent to a circular curve is called as-
(a) Point of commencement
(b) Point of curvature
(c) Point of tangency
(d) Finishing mark
Q.06. Bench mark is established by -
Ans. (b)
(a) Spirit levelling
(b) Hypsometric levelling Term Definition
(c) Barometric levelling
Back Tangent (First The tangent line preceding the
(d) Trigonometrical levelling
Tangent) curve.
Ans. (a) A benchmark is a point of reference by which
something can be measured. In surveying. Forward Tangent The tangent line following the
(Second Tangent) curve.
A "benchmark" is a post or other permanent mark
established at a known elevation that is used as the Point of The point where the back tangent
basis for measuring the elevation of other Intersection (PI) and forward tangent intersect.
topographical points.
Benchmark is established by spirit levelling in which it Point of Curve (PC) The beginning point of the curve
consists of a telescope with a crosshair and a tube level where the alignment changes
or bubble level used to indicate whether a surface is from straight to curved.
horizontal. Point of Tangency The ending point of the curve
Q.07. In case of web crippling, the dispersion of load (PT) where the alignment changes
from bearing plate takes place at: from curved to straight.
(a) 30° (b) 60°
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 80 Civil KI Goli
 Average Size of
Type of soil Permeability (k)
Particles
80 mm - 4.75
Gravel > 1 cm/sec
mm
4.75 mm -
Sand 1-10-3 cm/sec
0.075 mm
0.075 mm -
Silt 10-3 -10-7 cm/sec
0.002 mm
Clay < 0.002 mm < 10-7 cm/sec
T1 = Point of curve or point of commencement (or) Q.12. A longitudinal crack which is usually normal to
Tangent point the annual rings in wood is called-
T2 = End of the curve (or) point of tangency (a) Star shakes (b) Heart shakes
B = Point of intersection (c) Cup shakes (d) Checks
T1FT2 = Length of a curve Ans. (d) Various forms of defects in timber due to
OF = Radius of curve Abnormal growth or rupture of tissues due to natural
T1T2 = Length of the long chord forces are as follows :
Q.10. An increase in load at the free end of a cantilever Checks : It is a longitudinal crack which is usually
is likely to cause failure- normal to the annual rings. These adversely affect the
(a) At the free end durability of timber because they readily admit
(b) Anywhere in the beam moisture and air.
(c) At the mid of its length Shakes : These are longitudinal separations in the
wood between the annual rings. These lengthwise
(d) At the fixed support end
separations reduce the allowable shear strength
Ans. (d) A cantilever beam subjected to point load on without much effect on compressive and tensile
free end will have a maximum bending moment at the values. The separations make the wood undesirable
fixed end and constant shear force throughout the when appearance is important.
length. • Both the shakes and checks if present near the
So maximum stress will be at the fixed end (σ=My/I) neutral plane of a beam they may materially weaken
and failure will occur at that point. its resistance to horizontal shear.
Maximum Bending moment will occur at a fixed end. Heart Shake : These occurs due to shrinkage of heart
Mmax = -WL wood, when tree is overmatured. Cracks start from pith
∴ A beam is loaded as a cantilever. If the load at the and run towards sap wood. These are wider at center
end is increased, the failure will occur at the support. and diminish outwards.

• Cup Shake appears as curved split which partly or

wholly separates annual rings from one another. It is
caused due to excessive frost action on the sap
Q.11. The coefficient of permeability of gravel is-
present in the tree, especially when the tree is young.
(a) Less than 10–6 cm/sec
Star Shake : These are radial splits or cracks wide at
(b) Between 1 and 100 cm/sec
circumference and diminishing towards the center of
(c) Between 1 × 10–6 and 1 × 10–3 cm/sec
the tree. This defect may arise from severe frost and
(d) Between 0.001 and 1 cm/sec
fierce heat of sun. Star shakes appear as the wood dries
Ans. (b) Permeability (k) of soil depends on the average below the fiber saturation point. It is a serious fault
size of the pores and is related to the distribution of leading to separated log when sawn.
particle sizes, particle shape, and soil structure. • Shakes are most harmful to strength when they
Different type of soil and their standard permeability follow neutral plane of a beam or run diagonally
rate : across the tension side of it. In the first case, they

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 81 Civil KI Goli

 weaken the resistance to horizontal shear, and in the the bed. They are cleaned by backwashing water
second, they reduce the tensile strength. through the bed to 'lift out' the particles.
Rind gall : It is characterized by swelling caused by the Cleaning :
growth of layers of sapwood over wounds after the • Cleaning of filter can also be done using surface wash
branch has been cut off in an irregular manner. The but it should be accompanied by back wash.
newly developed layers do not unite properly with the • Washing period = 24 to 48 hrs.
old rot, thereby leaving cavities, from where decay
Q.15. The significant property of CPVC, which differs it
starts.
from PVC is-
Knots are bases of twigs or branches buried by cambial
(a) Improved heat resistance
activity of the mother branch. The root of the branch is
(b) Higher scrap value
embedded in the stem, with the formation of annual
(c) Heavy weight
rings at right angles to those of the stem. The knots
(d) Decreased heat resistance
interrupt the basic grain direction of the wood,
resulting in a reduction of its strength. Ans. (a) The significant property of CPVC, which differs
A dead knot can be separated from the body of the it from PVC, is improved heat resistance.
wood, whereas live knot cannot be separated. Knots CPVC (chlorinated polyvinyl chloride) is a type of PVC
reduce the strength of the timber and affect that has been modified to have a higher chlorine
workability and cleavability as fibers get curved. Knots content. This gives CPVC a higher heat resistance than
are classified on the basis of size, form, quality and PVC. CPVC can withstand temperatures up to 200
occurrence. degrees Fahrenheit, while PVC can only withstand
temperatures up to 140 degrees Fahrenheit.
Q.13. Mortar or concrete conveyed through pressure
hose and applied pneumatically at high velocity on PVC has a higher scrap value than CPVC because it is
structural surfaces is called- more common and easier to recycle. PVC is also heavier
than CPVC because it has a higher density.
(a) Sealing (b) Grouting
(c) Guniting (d) Spraying Q.16. The point within the cross sectional plane of a
beam, through which the resultant of the external
n

Ans. (c) Shotcrete or Gunite : Shotcrete or Gunite is

tio

loading on the beam has to pass through to ensure

nc

mortar or concrete conveyed through a pressure hose

pure bending without twisting of the cross section of
Ju

and applied pneumatically at high velocity onto a

the beam is called as-
il
iv

surface.
C

(a) Elastic centre (b) Moment centre

• This material has found wide applications in several
(c) Shear centre (d) Centroid
major repair works as it can be applied on vertical,
horizontal, or overhead surfaces, with the area to be Ans. (c) Shear centre : Shear centre is a point from
repaired being either reinforced or unreinforced. which a concentrated load passes then there will be
only bending and no twisting.
Q.14. The period of cleaning of a slow sand filter, is
usually- • It is also called centre of twist.
(a) 5 to 10 days • It is that point through which the resultant of shear
(b) Three months to six months passes.
(c) One month to three months • To avoid twisting and only cause bending, it is
(d) Two weeks to three weeks necessary for the forces to act through a particular
point, which may not coincide with the centroid.
Ans. (c) Slow sand filter : They consist of fine sand,
supported by gravel. They capture particles near the Q.17. In AutoCAD, a cylinder can be created by drawing
surface of the bed and are usually cleaned by scraping a rectangular shape using _________ tool.
away the top layer of sand that contains the particles. (a) Extrude (b) Polysolid
Cleaning : (c) Revolve (d) Sweep
• For cleaning, the top layer of sand is scrapped and 1.5 Ans. (c) To create a cylinder in AutoCAD using the
to 3 cm of sand is removed in each cleaning. Revolve command, follow these steps :
• The frequency of cleaning is 1 to 3 months. • Draw a rectangular shape using the Rectangle
• Rate of filtration is 100-200 l/hr/m2 of filter area. command.
• Select the rectangle and click on the Revolve
• It is used for smaller plants in villages.
command from the 3D Modeling panel.
Rapid sand Filter : They consist of larger sand grains
• Specify the axis of revolution by clicking on two
supported by gravel and capture particles throughout
points on the drawing.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 82 Civil KI Goli

• Specify the angle of revolution by entering a value in Ans. (a) Normal Consistency test : - The Normal
the Angle of revolution field. consistency or standard consistency of a cement paste
• Click on the OK button to create the cylinder. is defined as that consistency which will permit the
Q.18. The bearing capacity factors Nc, Nq and Nr are vicat plunger to penetrate to a point 5 to 7 mm
function of- from the bottom of the vicat mould. (or 33-35 mm from
top of vicat mould).
(a) Width and depth of footing
(b) Angle of internal friction of soil • For finding out initial setting time, final setting
(c) Density of soil time, soundness of cement and compressive strength
(d) Cohesion of soil of cement, it is necessary to fix the quantity of water
to be mixed in cement in each case.
Ans. (b) Bearing capacity factors : Terzaghi's bearing
capacity factors - Nc, Nq, Nγ depend on the angle of
internal friction only and are dimensionless.
Where
Nq = Nϕ × eπ.tanϕ
𝛟
𝐍𝛟 = 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 (𝟒𝟓𝒐 + ) = 𝐢𝐧𝐟𝐥𝐮𝐞𝐧𝐜𝐞 𝐟𝐚𝐜𝐭𝐨𝐫
𝟐
𝐍𝛄 = 𝟏. 𝟖 𝐭𝐚𝒏 𝛟 (𝐍𝐪 − 𝟏)
[𝐍𝐜 = 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝛟 (𝐍𝐪 − 𝟏)]
Q.19. In case concrete is to be transported by pumping,
the slump of the concrete should be-
(a) More than 1 cm
(b) Between 5 to 7.5 cm
(c) More than 2.5 cm
(d) Between 2.5 to 5 cm
Ans. (b) Slump test : The slump test is the most
commonly used method of measuring the consistency
of concrete which can be employed either in the For initial and final setting time test water required is
laboratory or at the field. 0.85 times that required for normal consistency.
Slump value is the amount (depth) by which the Q.21. Eutrophication of water bodies is caused by the-
concrete settles down after removing the slump cone. (a) Excessive discharge of suspended solids
(b) Excessive discharge of nutrients
Placing condition Degree of Slump (c) Excessive discharge of chlorides
workability (mm) (d) Discharge of toxic substance
Blinding concrete; Shallow Very low - Ans. (b) Eutrophication is an accelerated growth of
sections; Pavements using algae on higher forms of plant life caused by the
pavers enrichment of water by nutrients, especially
Mass concrete; Lightly low 25-75 compounds of nitrogen and phosphorous.
reinforced sections in slabs,
It induce an undesirable disturbance to the balance of
beams, walls, columns; Floors;
organisms present in the water and to the quality of
Hand placed pavements;
water concerned.
Canallining; Strip footings
Heavily reinforced sections in Medium 50- The main cause of eutrophication is the large input of
slabs, beams, walls, columns; 100 nutrients to a water body and the main effect is the
Slipform work; Pumped 75- imbalance in the food web that results in high levels of
concrete 100 phytoplankton biomass in stratified water bodies. This
Trench fill; In-situ piling High 100- can lead to algal blooms.
150 Q.22. The purpose of a Well Point System is-
Tremie concrete Very high - (a) Desilting
Q.20. In Vicat apparatus, the paste is said to be of (b) Dewatering
'Normal consistency' if the rod penetrates- (c) Resisting Soil Pressures
(a) 33 to 35 mm (b) 23 to 25 mm (d) Forming underwater foundation
(c) 5 to 10 mm (d) 1 mm

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 83 Civil KI Goli

Ans. (b) The purpose of a Well Point System is Ans. (b) Capital Cost : Capital cost refers to the total
dewatering. cost incurred from the beginning to the completion of
• A well point system is a system of wells that is used a construction project. It includes all expenditures
to lower the water table in the ground. related to the project, from planning and design to
This can be done for a variety of reasons, such as to : construction and finishing.
Other Type of cost : -
• Prepare a construction site for excavation
• Approximate cost:
• Repair or replace underground utilities
• Labor cost:
• Stabilize a slope
• Material cost:
• Dewater a flooded area
Q.26. If the particles of a fluid attain such velocities
➢ Well point systems typically consist of a series of
that vary from point to point in magnitude and
small-diameter wells that are installed around the
direction as well as from instant to instant, the flow is
perimeter of the area to be dewatered. The wells
said to be-
are connected to a pump, which removes water
(a) Uniform flow (b) Laminar flow
from the wells and lowers the water table.
➢ Desilting is the process of removing silt from water. (c) Non-uniform flow (d) Turbulent flow
➢ Resisting soil pressures is the ability of a structure Ans. (d) In fluid dynamics, turbulent flow is
to withstand the forces exerted by the soil. characterized by the irregular movement of particles of
➢ Forming underwater foundation is the process of the fluid. In contrast to laminar flow the fluid does not
constructing a foundation underwater. flow in parallel layers, the lateral mixing is very high,
Q.23. ___________ is the collective term for the and there is a disruption between the layers. In
physical manifestations of the defects like cracks, turbulent flow the speed of the fluid at a point is
spalling, pop out, staining and corrosion. continuously undergoing changes in both magnitude
and direction.
(a) Preservation (b) Distress
(c) Defects (d) Failure
n

Ans. (b) Distress:- It is a collective term for the physical

tio
nc

manifestation of problems such as cracks, spalls, pop-

Ju

outs, staining, decay or corrosion.

il
iv

• Distress can be thought of as the symptoms

C

indicating that the defects are present.

Q.27. In which type of plan is space left around the
Q.24. A railway yard in which wagons are received,
construction of the building?
sorted and new goods trains are formed is called -
(a) Landscape plan (b) Line plan
(a) Shunting yard (b) Marshalling yard
(c) Detailed plan (d) Foundation plan
(c) Station yard (d) Goods yard
Ans. (a) Landscape plan : In a landscape plan, space is
Ans. (b) Marshalling : Marshalling Yard is a place where
goods trains are received, sorted, reformed and left around the construction of the building.
dispatched. • A landscape plan is a plan that shows the
• This yard is provided with distributing machine with arrangement of natural and man-made features on a
facilities for receiving, sorting and dispatching piece of land.
wagons to their various destinations onwards. • It typically includes the location of trees, shrubs,
• Marshalling yard has a network of tracks, divided into flowers, walkways, patios, and other features.
several grids for receiving, sorting, forming and Type of Plan : -
dispatching of trains. Line plans → are simple plans that show the outline of
Types of Marshalling Yards : a building or other structure.
1. Flat Yards Detailed plans → are more detailed than line plans and
2. Hump yard show the layout of the building, including the location
3. Gravity Yards of rooms, doors, and windows.
Q.25. The cost of construction including all the Foundation plans → show the layout of the foundation
expenditure incurred from beginning to the completion of a building.
of work is called as- Q.28. The temporary all round enclosure which keeps
(a) Approximate cost (b) Capital cost the water away from the working area by using vertical
(c) Labour cost (d) Material cost barriers is called-

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 84 Civil KI Goli

(a) Arch dam (b) Gravity dam • If the magnetic north is to the west of the true north,
(c) Coffer dam (d) Earthen dam the declination is said to be west or negative and if
the magnetic north is to the east of the true north,
Ans. (c) Coffer Dam : A coffer dam is a temporary all-
the declination is said to be east or positive.
round enclosure constructed to keep water away from
a working area, allowing construction or repair work to
be carried out in dry conditions. It is typically used in Q.30. The strength of compression members subjected
water-filled environments, such as rivers, lakes, or to axial compression is defined by curves
coastal areas. corresponding to _______ classes.
Type Of Dams : (a) e, f, g (b) b, e, f
Arch dam : An arch dam is a curved structure that relies (c) a, b, c and d (d) a, d
on the arch action to transfer the water load to the Ans. (c) IS 800: 2007 gives buckling curves a, b. c, d in
abutments (side supports) of the dam. non-dimensional form for different cross-sections of
• Arch dams are typically constructed in narrow valleys columns.
with steep sides. • Curve 'a' represents quasi-perfect shapes such as hot
Gravity dam: A gravity dam is a massive structure that rolled I section if buckling is perpendicular to the
relies on its own weight to resist the water load. major axis
• Gravity dams are typically constructed of concrete or • Curve 'b' represents shapes with medium
masonry. imperfections, it defines the behavior of rolled I
Earthen dam: An earthen dam is a structure sections buckling about the minor axis, welded I
constructed from compacted soil, rock, or other natural sections of thin flanges, and of rolled I sections with
materials. medium flanges if buckling is about the major axis;
• Earthen dams are commonly used for water storage, and most welded box sections.
flood control, and irrigation purposes. • Curve 'c' represents a lot of imperfections such as
channels, angles, Tee Shaped sections, thick welded
Q.29. The smaller horizontal angle between the true box sections, hot rolled sections rolled about the
meridian and a survey line, is known as- minor axis, I sections buckling about the major axis.
(a) True bearing (b) Arbitrary meridian • Curve 'd' represents shapes with maximum
(c) Azimuth (d) Magnetic bearing imperfections. It is to be used for hot-rolled I sections
Ans. (c) Azimuth : The horizontal angle made by a true with very thick flangs and welded I sections if
meridian with the survey line is called as azimuth. buckling occurs about a minor axis.
Azimuths are generally observed from north. Azimuths • Table 10 of IS 800:2007 shows the 'buckling class of
may be geodetic, astronomic, magnetic, grid, record, or Cross-sections" along with their uses.
assumed, depending on the reference meridian used • For Built-up Member Buckling Class C is used.
Magnetic bearing :
• Magnetic bearing of a line is the horizontal
angle which the line makes with the magnetic north.
It changes with time. It is used for small areas and it
is measured with the magnetic compass.
Dip :
• It is the inclination of the magnetic needle with
the horizontal. The dip is zero at the equator and the
needle will remain horizontal.
• At a place near 70° north latitude and 96° west
longitude, the dip will be 90°. This area is called the Q.31. Quadrennial repair is done in-
magnetic north pole. Similarly, near the south (a) Twice a year (b) Four times a year
magnetic pole, the dip is 90°.
(c) Alternate year (d) Once in four years
Magnetic declination :
Ans. (d) Quadrennial repair is done once in four years.
• The magnetic declination and the true meridian at a
The word "quadrennial" means "occurring once every
place generally do not coincide.
four years".
• The horizontal angle which the magnetic
Semi-annual: Occurring twice a year.
meridian makes with the true meridian is called the
magnetic declination. Annual: Occurring once a year.
Biennial: Occurring once every two years.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 85 Civil KI Goli

Q.32. Full architectural and structural drawings are • Pilot tunnel method
required for which type of estimate? • Perimeter method of tunneling
(a) Detailed estimate • Drift method
(b) Functional unit estimate Method of tunneling in running ground
(c) Rough or preliminary estimate • Forepoling method
(d) Supplementary estimate • Linear plate method
Ans. (a) Full architectural and structural drawings are • Needle beam method
required for a detailed estimate : A detailed estimate • American method
is a comprehensive estimate of the cost of a • English method
construction project. It is based on a detailed analysis • Austrian method
of the project drawings and specifications. Detailed • Belgian method
estimates are typically used for bidding purposes and • Flying arch
for cost control during construction
Q.35. Plaster of Paris is obtained from the calcination
Functional unit estimate : An estimate based on the
of-
unit cost of similar projects.
(a) Bauxite (b) Dolomite
Rough or preliminary estimate : An estimate based on
the estimated cost of major components of the project, (c) Gypsum (d) Lime stone
such as the cost of materials and labor. Ans. (c) Calcination or calcining is a thermal treatment
Supplementary estimate : An estimate of the cost of process to bring about a thermal decomposition. The
changes to a project after the original estimate has process takes place below the melting point of the
been prepared. product. The name calcination is derived from the Latin
word ‘Calcinare’ which mean to burn lime.
Q.33. Floating foundation means- 𝐡𝐞𝐚𝐭
(a) A normal foundation which can raise and float 𝐂𝐚𝐂𝐎𝟑 → 𝐂𝐚𝟎 + 𝐂𝐎𝟐 (𝐋𝐢𝐦𝐞𝐬𝐭𝐨𝐧𝐞) → (𝐋𝐢𝐦𝐞) +
(𝐂𝐚𝐫𝐛𝐨𝐧𝐝𝐢𝐨𝐱𝐢𝐝𝐞)
during floods
(b) A foundation floating on water like barges Calcination of Limestone results in Lime and of bauxite
results in Alumina.
n

(c) A foundation in which new loads due to the

tio

✓ The gypsum so obtained is added while cement

nc

structure are equal to the weight of the soil

Ju

removed by excavation manufacturing to prevent its flash setting.

il
iv

(d) A foundation cannot be floating type under any Q.36. If a body is acted upon by a set of mutually
C

condition perpendicular shear stresses, the diagonal planes are

Ans. (c) A floating foundation is a type of foundation in likely to have-
which the new loads introduced by the structure are (a) Tension only
approximately equal to the weight of the soil (b) Compression only
excavated during the construction of the foundation. In (c) Tension and Compression
other words, the foundation neither settles nor exerts
(d) No tension or compression
significant pressure on the underlying soil.
Ans. (c) If a body is acted upon by a set of mutually
Q.34. Which of these methods of tunnel construction is
perpendicular shear stresses, the diagonal planes are
not suitable in rocks?
likely to have both tension and compression. This is
(a) Drift method because shear stresses cause the body to deform in a
(b) Compressed air method way that creates both tensile and compressive stresses
(c) Heading and benching method on the diagonal planes.
(d) Full face method
To understand why this happens, consider a
Ans. (b) Compressed air method : The essential rectangular block of material subjected to shear
principle of this method is the use of compressed air stresses on two opposite faces. The shear stresses
and is very well suited for soft or water-bearing cause the block to deform in a way that it becomes
ground. parallelogram-shaped. This deformation creates
• It consists of forcing air under suitable pressure into tensile stresses on the diagonal planes that are
an enclosed space like tunnel heading, to force back oriented in the direction of the shear stresses, and
percolating water or water mixed soil and thus compressive stresses on the diagonal planes that are
stabilize the area of excavation. oriented perpendicular to the shear stresses.
Method of tunneling in hard rocks - The following diagram shows the stress distribution on
• Full face method the diagonal planes of the block :
• Heading and bench method

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 86 Civil KI Goli

 Q.39. The ratio of the inertia and viscous forces acting
in any flow, ignoring other forces is called as
(a) Froude number (b) Reynold number
(c) Weber number (d) Euler number
Ans. (b) Forces encountered in flowing fluids include
those due to inertia, viscosity, pressure, gravity,
surface tension and compressibility.
These forces can be written as follows :
Reynolds number (Re) :
It is defined as the ratio of inertia force to viscous force.
• The magnitude of the tensile and compressive ρVl
stresses on the diagonal planes depends on the Re=
μ
magnitude of the shear stresses and the material Froude number (Fr):
properties of the block. In general, the higher the It is defined as the ratio of inertia force to gravity force.
shear stresses, the greater the tensile and V
compressive stresses on the diagonal planes. Fr =
√gL
• It is important to note that the tensile and Weber number (We):
compressive stresses on the diagonal planes are not
It is defined as the ratio of the inertia force to surface
always equal in magnitude. This is because the
tension force.
material properties of the block may be different in
ρV 2 l
different directions. For example, a material may be We=
σ
stronger in tension than in compression, or vice Mach number (M):
versa.
It is defined as the ratio of inertia force to velocity of
Q.37. By which of the following lines is the axis of the sound.
cylinder or sphere denoted? V V
M= =
(a) Leader line (b) Section line c dP
√
dρ
(c) Hidden line (d) Centre line
Q.40. Which type of surface finishing in Brick Masonry
Ans. (d) The axis of a cylinder or sphere is denoted by a / Block Masonry / Stone Masonry treats only the joints
centre line. edges and not the full wall surface?
A centre line is a line that passes through the center of (a) Plastering (b) False ceiling
a circular or cylindrical object. It is used to indicate the
(c) Grouting (d) Pointing
symmetry of the object and to show the direction of
the axis of rotation. Ans. (d) Pointing :
Leader lines are used to connect a note or dimension to • It is a type of surface finishing in brick masonry, block
a feature on a drawing. masonry, and stone masonry that treats only the
Section lines are used to indicate where a section view joints edges and not the full wall surface.
is taken. • It involves applying a mortar mix to the joints
Hidden lines are used to represent features of an object between the masonry units to create a smooth and
that are not visible from the current viewing direction. uniform appearance.
• Pointing can also help to protect the joints from
Q.38. A column with highest equivalent length has-
moisture and weathering.
(a) One end fixed, the other entirely free
Plastering : Plastering is the application of a mixture of
(b) Both ends hinged or pin-joined
sand, cement, and water to a wall surface to create a
(c) One end fixed, the other end hinged
smooth and even finish.
(d) Both ends fixed
False ceiling : A false ceiling is a secondary ceiling that
Ans. (a) A column with maximum equivalent length has is suspended below the main ceiling. It is typically used
one end fixed and the other end is free. to conceal unsightly pipes and wires, or to improve the
Effective acoustics of a room.
Support Condition
Length Grouting : Grouting is the filling of gaps or voids in
Both ends hinged Le=L masonry joints with a mortar mix. It is often used to
𝑳
Both ends fixed Le= strengthen and stabilize masonry structures.
𝟐
𝑳
One end is fixed other end hinged Le=
√𝟐
One end is fixed other end free Le=2L
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 87 Civil KI Goli
Q.41. To avoid vapourisation, pipe lines are laid over Q.43. The shape factor for a solid circular section of
the ridge so that they are not more than _________ diameter D is equal to:
above the hydraulic gradient line. (a) D/2π (b) 16/3π
(a) 6.4 m (b) 2.4 m (c) πD/8 (d) 15/2π
(c) 5 m (d) 10 m Ans. (b)
Ans. (a) Hydraulic Gradient Line (H.G.L) : It is defined as
the line which gives the sum of pressure head (P/ρg)
and datum (z).
𝑷
𝑯. 𝑮. 𝑳 = +𝒛
𝝆𝒈

∴ H.G.L line lies below T.E.L with a difference

of Velocity head (V2/2g).
In order to avoid vaporization in the pipeline, the Solid circular section is shown below.
pipeline over the ridge is laid in such a way that it is not Moment of area A1 and A2 about neutral axis gives Zp.
more than 6.4 m above the hydraulic gradient.
𝑨 𝝅𝑫𝟐
Also, A1 = A2 = =
𝟐 𝟖

𝝅𝑫𝟐 𝟒 𝑫 𝑫𝟑
Hence, 𝒁𝒑 = 𝟐 × ( )× × =
𝟖 𝟑𝝅 𝟐 𝟔

Now Z about neutral axis is given by

𝝅𝑫𝟑
𝒁=
𝟑𝟐
𝒁𝒑 𝟏𝟔
So, shape factor = =
n
tio

𝒁 𝟑𝝅
nc
Ju

Q.44. What is the shear area of a rolled steel I-section

il
iv

for minor axis bending?

C

(Where h-overall depth; b-breadth; tw-thickness of

web; tf-thickness of flange)
(a) htw (b) 2btf
(c) btf (d) htf
Q.42. A rapid test to indicate the intensity of pollution Ans. (b) The shear area Av for different sections is given
of water is- below :
(a) Total Dissolved Solids (i) The major axis bending of I and channel sections
(b) Biochemical Oxygen Demand Av = htw (Hot rolled)
(c) Most Probable Number Av = dtw (Welded)
(d) Dissolved Oxygen
(ii) The minor axis bending of I and channel sections
Ans. (d) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) : A measure of the Av = 2btf (Hot rolled or welded)
total amount of dissolved solids in water.
(iii) Rectangular hollow tubes of uniform thickness
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) : A measure of the
Av = Ah/(b+h) (Loaded parallel to depth h)
amount of oxygen required by microorganisms to
decompose organic matter in water. Av = Ab/(b+h) (Loaded parallel to width b)
Most Probable Number (MPN) : A method for (iv) Circular hollow tubes of uniform thickness
estimating the number of coliform bacteria in water. Av = 2A/π
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) : A measure of the amount of (v) Plates and solid bars
oxygen dissolved in water. Av = A
➢ DO is a rapid test that can be used to indicate the A = cross-sectional area
intensity of pollution of water. It is a simple and b = overall breadth of the tubular section, the breadth
inexpensive test that can be performed in the field. of I section flanges
d = clear depth of the web between the flanges
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 88 Civil KI Goli
Q.45. Which type of beam, freely supported at two Q.47. A simply supported beam is subjected to a
points, has one or both ends extending beyond these linearly varying load from one end to other end. The
supports? nature of variation of shear force diagram is-
(a) Simply supported beam (a) Elliptic (b) Parabolic
(b) Cantilever beam (c) 3rd degree curve (d) Linear
(c) Fixed beam
Ans. (b) The general relationship between the shear
(d) Overhang beam
force diagram, bending moment diagram, and loading
Ans. (d) Overhanging beam : diagram will be :
1. Shear force diagram is 1o higher than the loading
diagram.
2. Bending moment diagram is 1o higher than the shear
force diagram.
Degree of SFD & BMD Diagram for various loading
• If the end portion of a beam extends beyond the
support, then the beam is known as overhanging
beam. Overhanging may be on one of the supports or
on both sides.
• In the case of an overhanging beam, the bending
moment is positive between the supports, whereas
the bending moment is negative for the overhanging
portion.
• At the same point on the beam, the bending moment
is zero or changes sign from a positive to a negative
value or vice versa. This point where the bending Q.48. The unit of viscosity is-
moment changes sign is called the point of contra (a) m-kg/hr
flexure or point of inflection. (b) kg/m-hr2
(c) kg/m-hr
(d) kg/m2
Ans. (c) The S.I. and C.G.S. units are discussed below.
Units of Viscosity
S.I. System Pascal Second or Kilograms
per meter per second or
Kg/m-s, kg/m-hr

Q.46. A hipped roof is- C.G.S. System Poise (P) or Grams per
centimeter per second or
(a) One which has at least two different types of
g/m-s.
covering materials
(b) One which has at least two different slopes
(c) One which slopes in four directions
(d) One which slopes in two directions
Ans. (c) Hipped Roof : This roof is formed by four
sloping surface is four directions. At the end faces
sloping triangle are formed.

Q.49. At a point in a steel member, major and minor

principal stress in 1000 kg/cm2, and minor principal
stress is compressive. If uniaxial tensile yield stress is
1500 kg/cm2,then magnitude of minor principal stress

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 89 Civil KI Goli

at which yielding will commence, according to Q.51. Which type of gate is generally used for low
maximum shearing stress theory is- navigation dams?
(a) 200 (b) 500 (a) Bear trap gate (b) Vertical lift gate
(c) 600 (d) 1000 (c) Rolling gate (d) Drum gate
Ans. (b) Maximum shear stress theory Ans. (a) Bear trap gates :
(Guest & Tresca’s Theory) According to this theory, • Bear trap gates are also known as movable drum
failure of the specimen subjected to any combination gates.
of a load when the maximum shearing stress at any • A bear trap gate consists of two leaves of steel, with
point reaches the failure value equal to that developed one leaf hinged on the upstream side and the other
at the yielding in an axial tensile or compressive test of on the downstream side over the crest.
the same material. • The bear trap gates are suitable for low navigation
dams.
• These gates have a wide base but a deep recess is not
required.
• These gates may be designed to operate
automatically.
Q.52. _________ testing is probably the most
frequently used means of NDT.
(a) Rebound hammer
τmax ≤
σy
For no failure (b) Acoustic mapping
𝟐 (c) Radar
(d) Ultrasonic pulse velocity
σy
σ 𝟏 − σ𝟐 ≤ ( ) For design Ans. (d) Non-destructive tests are used to find the
FOS
σ1 and σ2 are maximum and minimum principal stress strength of existing concrete elements. They are
respectively. classified as follows.
n
tio

Here, τmax = Maximum shear stress 1. Half-cell electrical potential method:

nc

It is used to detect the corrosion potential of

Ju

σy = permissible stress
il

reinforcing bars in concrete.

iv

This theory is well justified for ductile materials.

C

σ2 = 1000 kg/cm2 and σy = 1500 kg/cm2 2. Schmidt or Rebound hammer test:

It is used to evaluate the surface hardness of concrete.
σy 3. Carbonation depth measurement test:
τmax ≤
𝟐 It is used to determine whether moisture has reached
the depth of the reinforcing bars.
𝝈𝟏 −(−𝝈𝟐 ) σy
≤ 4. Permeability test:
𝟐 𝟐
1000+σ2 = 1500 It is used to measure the flow of water through the
σ2 = 500 kg/cm2 concrete.
5. Penetration resistance or Windsor probe test:
Q.50. The yield strength and ultimate strength of 4.6
grade bolts are- It is used to measure the surface hardness and hence
the strength of the surface and near-surface layers.
(a) 240 N/mm2 and 400 N/mm2
(b) 20 N/mm2 and 28 N/mm2 6. Ultrasonic pulse velocity test:
(c) 200 N/mm2 and 400 N/mm2 It is mainly used to measure the time of travel of
(d) 200 N/mm2 and 280 N/mm2 ultrasonic pulse passing through the concrete and
hence concrete quality.
Ans. (a) Bolts are classified as grade x. y where
• This method deals with the noting of time of travel of
• x represents 1/100th of ultimate tensile strength and
electronically generated mechanical pulse which is
• y represents the ratio of yield stress to ultimate
further used to analyse the velocity of the pulse
tensile stress.
through the structure that represents its quality.
For a bolt of grade 4.6 implies that:
• This test is used to establish uniformity of concrete,
Ultimate strength, f = 4 x 100 = 400 N/mm² Pressure of cracks and voids, Quality of concrete in
Yield strength, f, = 0.6 x ultimate strength relation to standard requirements, estimation of
= 0.6 x 400 = 240 N/mm² pulse modulus of elasticity, estimation of the
strength of concrete, determination of setting

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 90 Civil KI Goli

 characteristics of concrete, estimation of crack depth, (a) Air voids (b) Micro cracks
measurement of the thickness of concrete pavement. (c) Blow holes (d) Macro cracks
• This test calculates the dynamic modulus of elasticity
Ans. (a) Air voids are essentially empty spaces within a
of concrete.
material that are not filled with solid material or water.
Velocity of Pulse • These voids can be formed during the mixing and
Quality of concrete
(km/sec) placing of concrete, as a result of entrapped air.
> 4.5 Excellent
• Capillary pores, on the other hand, are much smaller
3.5 to 4.5 Good
pores within the material, often filled with water due
3 to 3.5 reasonable to capillary action.
<3 Doubtful
• They are a result of the spaces left between particles
Q.53. A 'level line' is a- of the material when it sets or cures.
(a) Horizontal line • The size difference is significant because air voids are
(b) Line passing through the center of cross hairs and intentionally incorporated or can occur naturally in
the center of eye piece the material to improve its characteristics, such as
(c) Line parallel to the mean spheriodal surface of freeze-thaw resistance in concrete, whereas capillary
earth pores occur on a microscopic level.
(d) Line passing through the objective lens and the eye-
piece of a dumpy or tilting level • The presence of air voids influences the material's
durability, strength, and permeability in a different
Ans. (c)
way than capillary pores, due to their size disparity.
Q.55. The distance between the running faces of the
stock rail and gauge face of tongue rail measured at the
heel of the switch is known as -
(a) Flangeway clearance (b) Heel divergence
(c) Throw of switch (d) Flare
Ans. (b) Heel Clearance or Heel Divergence
• It is the distance between the running faces of the
switches rail and the stock rail measured
perpendicular to the latter at the heel of the switch.
Term Definition • Indian standard specifies heel clearance for BG track
as 13.7 cm – 13.9 cm.
Level line Line lying on level surface, normal to
(curved line) the plumb line or a line parallel to the
mean spherical surface of the earth.
Horizontal It is tangential to the level line lying in
line the horizontal plane.
Flange way Clearance : The distance between the
Level surface Parallel to the mean spheroid surface adjacent faces of the running rail and the guard or the
of the earth. It is water level surface of check rails provides clearance for passage of wheel
still lake. flanges.

Horizontal A surface tangential to the level

Surface surface at any point.
Datum The surface to which elevations are
referred.
Bench mark It is a fixed reference point of known
elevation. It is established by spirit
leveling.
Reduced It is height of any point w.r.t. either Throw of Switch
level M.S.L. on any bench mark of known
• The gap through which the toe of the gauge rail
R.L.
moves sideways to provide a path for the required
Q.54. ________ are much larger than capillary pores. direction over the turnout.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 91 Civil KI Goli

• Throw of switch according to Indian standard: BG = Scale = 1:20
9.5 cm, MG/NG = 8.9 cm RF =
1
20
Switch angle
• The angle between the gauge face of stock rail and
tongue rail. Q.59. Name the pile type best suited for resisting
horizontal and inclined loads in the soil.
Q.56. Loss of stress with time at constant strain in steel
(a) Anchor pile (b) Under-reamed pile
is called as-
(c) Batter pile (d) Friction pile
(a) Ductility (b) Relaxation
(c) Creep (d) Shrinkage Ans. (c) Batter Pile : Batter piles are commonly used to
support offshore structures, towers, and bridges since
Ans. (b) Loss of stress due to relaxation of steel these kinds of structures are subjected to overturning
Relaxation is assumed to mean the loss of stress in moments due to wind, waves, and ship impact. In order
steel under nearly constant strain at constant to transfer the over-turning moment to compression
temperature. and tension forces, a combination of vertical and batter
It is similar to creep of concrete. Loss due to relaxation piles is used.
varies widely for different steels and the steel • A batter pile shall be used to transfer inclined load
manufacturers based on test data may supply its and horizontal forces. In the preliminary design, the
magnitude. load on the batter pile is generally considered to be
This loss is generally of the order of 2 to 8% of the initial axial.
stress. This is generally - 1000 hours of referred to at End bearing Pile : Piles which acts as columns and
loading at 27˚ C. transfer the structural load to a hard and relatively
Q.57. ___________ is a freehand drawing technique incompressible stratum at a greater depth such as rock
that uses no drafting equipment. or dense sand are known as end-bearing piles. These
(a) Drafting (b) Angular lines piles derive the required bearing capacity from end
bearing at the tip of the pile.
(c) Parallel lines (d) Sketching
Under-reamed pile : Under reamed piles are bored
n
tio

Ans. (d) Sketching : Sketching is a freehand drawing cast-in-situ concrete piles having one or more bulbs
nc

technique that uses no drafting equipment. It is a quick

Ju

formed by enlarging the pile stem.

and easy way to represent ideas and concepts on
il

• These piles are best suited in soils where

iv

paper.
C

considerable ground movements i.e. expansive soils,

Sketches can be used for a variety of purposes, such as:
occur due to seasonal variations, filled up grounds, or
• To capture ideas and concepts in soft soil strata.
• To communicate ideas to others Friction Pile : Friction piles are useful when the strong
• To develop design ideas strata are very deep and it is becoming economically
• To solve problems unfeasible to have end-bearing piles. In such cases,
Drafting is a more formal drawing technique that uses friction piles can effectively perform the function by
drafting equipment, such as rulers , protractors, and resisting the acting load through the skin friction. The
compasses. Drafting is used to create precise and use of friction piles would be more effective when
accurate drawings, such as blueprints and schematics. clayey soils are encountered. This is because clayey
Angular lines and parallel lines are types of lines that soils have more adhesion coefficient.
are used in drafting. Angular lines are lines that are not Q.60. A portion of a brick cut across the width is known
parallel to the axes of the drawing. Parallel lines are as-
lines that are parallel to the axes of the drawing. (a) Closer (b) Base
Q.58. The scale of a drawing is given as 1 : 20. What is (c) Half brick (d) Bat
the representative fraction?
Ans. (d) Bat: It is the portion of the brick cut across the
(a) 1/200 (b) 1/20
width. Thus, a bat is smaller in length than the full
(c) 5/20 (d) 20/2 brick. If the length of bat is equal to the half the length
Ans. (b) Representative fraction : It is the ratio of map of original brick, it is known as half bat. A three quarter
distance to the corresponding ground distance bat is the one having its length equal to three quarters
independent of units of measurement is called of the length of a full brick.
representative factor (RF).
Mathematically,
Distance on Map
RF =
Actual corresponding distance on the ground

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 92 Civil KI Goli

 • The top raker should not be inclined steeper than 75°
with the horizontal.
• The wall plate is placed against the wall and is
secured by the means of needles that penetrate into
the wall for a distance of about 150 mm.
Queen closer : It is the portion of brick obtained by • The wall plate distributes the pressure evenly.
cutting a brick lengthwise into two portions. Thus, a
queen closer is a brick which is half as wide as the full
brick. This is also known as queen closer half. When a
queen closer is broken into two pieces, it is known as
queen closer quarter.

King closer: It is the portion of a brick which is so cut

that the width of one of its end is half that of a full
brick, while the width at the other end is equal to the Q.62. SSD condition of fine or coarse aggregates
full width. It is thus obtained by cutting the triangular means-
piece between the centre of one end and the centre of (a) Saturated Surface Densified condition
the adjacent side. It has half header and half stretcher (b) Super Saturated Dry condition
face. (c) Self Saturating and Densification condition
(d) Saturated Surface Dry condition
Ans. (d) Depending upon the moisture content, the
aggregate may be classified as :
1. Dry aggregate : The aggregate which may contain
some moisture content in the pores but having dry
surface is known as Dry aggregate.
Mitred closer : It is a portion of a brick whose one end
2. Very Dry aggregate : The aggregate which does not
is cut splayed or mitred for full width. The angel of
contain any moisture either in the pores or on the
splay may vary from 45⁰ to 60⁰. Thus, one longer face
surface is known as Very Dry aggregate.
of the mitred closer is of full length of the brick while
the other longer face is smaller in length. 3. Saturated surface dry aggregate : The aggregate
having all the pores completely filled with water but
having its surface just dry is known as a saturated
surface dry aggregate. SSD should be used in concrete
for aggregates.
4. Moist aggregate : The aggregate having all the pores
are filled with water and also having its surface wet is
known as Moist aggregate.
Q.61. The type of shore which is preferably inclined at
45° with the ground is - Q.63. In cohesive soil, if the active earth pressure is
zero, then the depth (z) is given by-
(a) Horizontal shore
(b) Raking shore (a) (2C/γ) tanα (b) (C/γ) cotα
(c) Vertical shore (c) (2C/γ) cotα (d) (C/γ) tanα
(d) Dead shore Ans. (a) Rankine’s Active earth Pressure theory in
Ans. (b) Raking Shore or Inclined Shore : cohesive Soil :
• A Raking shore or Inclined shore consists of a wall Pa =K a γZ-2c ' √K a
plate, needles, plates, cleats, bracing, and sole
plate. In actual practice, the angle of inclination in So, at Z =0,
Raking or Inclined shore may vary from 45° to 75°.

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 93 Civil KI Goli

 Pa =-2c' √K a ● Instrument errors ● Personal errors
Negative sign shows that the pressure is negative. Errors due to Natural Causes :
For the stress to reverse its nature, a point will reach • Unequal expansion of the instrument parts
where the earth pressure value will be zero, • Unequal refraction and
Therefore, Pa = 0, • Bad visibility
• Due to wind
K a γZ-2c ' √K a =0
Errors due to Instruments:
2c ' √K a
• Imperfect permanent adjustments in the instrument
2c '
Zc =
K aγ
=
γ√K a
= (2C'/γ) tanα where α = 45+ϕ/2 • Incorrect graduations on the stadia rod
The above depth is known as the depth of tensile crack Errors due to Manipulation and Sighting or personal
(Zc). errors :
• These errors depend on the efficiency and skill of the
surveyor and due to inaccurate leveling and centering
Q.64. Which of the following sight distances is the
of the instrument
longest of all?
• These errors may occur and by these incorrect stadia,
(a) Overtaking sight distance readings are taken.
(b) Illumination sight distance
(c) Stopping sight distance Q.66. The movement of modern architecture started in
(d) Intersection sight distance the year of-
(a) 1932 (b) 1920
Ans. (a) Overtaking Sight Distance : Overtaking sight
distance is the longest of all sight distances. It is the (c) 1922 (d) 1930
distance required for a driver to safely overtake Ans. (b) Modern Architecture Movement : -The modern
another vehicle while traveling at a specified speed. architecture movement was a global phenomenon that
Overtaking sight distance is important for ensuring that started in 1920.
drivers have enough time to complete the overtaking • It was a radical departure from traditional styles,
maneuver before they reach oncoming traffic or other
n

characterized by its emphasis on functionality,

tio

hazards.
nc

minimalism, and the use of new technologies and

Ju

Illumination sight distance, stopping sight distance, materials.

il
iv

and intersection sight distance are all shorter than Key characteristics of modern architecture : -
C

overtaking sight distance. Form follows function : The design of a building should
Illumination sight distance : This is the distance be determined by its intended purpose, rather than
required for a driver to see objects illuminated by the being dictated by historical styles or ornamentation.
headlights of their vehicle. It is important for ensuring Open floor plans : Walls and partitions are minimized
that drivers can see pedestrians, cyclists, and other to create more spacious and flexible interiors.
hazards at night.
Large windows : Extensive use of glass to provide
Stopping sight distance : This is the distance required natural light and connect the building to its
for a driver to bring their vehicle to a stop from a given surroundings.
speed. It is important for ensuring that drivers have
New materials : Steel, concrete, and glass became the
enough time to react to hazards and stop their vehicle
preferred materials for construction, allowing for
before they reach them.
innovative forms and structures.
Intersection sight distance : This is the distance
Minimalism : Emphasis on clean lines, simple forms,
required for a driver to see oncoming traffic and
and the absence of unnecessary decoration.
pedestrians at an intersection. It is important for
ensuring that drivers can safely enter or cross an Q.67. Which piles are formed by driving a steel tube
intersection. and shoe, filling with concrete, using upward extracting
and downward tamping blows alternatively?
Q.65. Which of the following is not considered as an
error due to natural causes in tachometric surveying? (a) Duplex pile (b) Franky pile
(a) Bad visibility (c) Vibro pile (d) Mac Arthur pile
(b) Unequal refraction Ans. (c) Vibro pile:- These piles are made by pushing a
(c) Unequal expansion steel tube and shoe, filling it with concrete, and
(d) Inaccurate levelling of instrument removing the steel tube.
Ans. (d) The sources of errors in stadia measurements
are as follows:

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 94 Civil KI Goli

• Standard Vibro piles are made in the size of 45 and 50 (d) Notice Inviting Transaction
cm in diameter for loads of 60 to 70 tonnes. They can Ans. (b) NIT stands for Notice Inviting Tender.
be formed in lengths of 25 m and over.
A tender is a formal offer to supply goods or services at
• A steel tube containing a cast-iron shoe included at a certain price. NITs are typically issued by government
the bottom is pushed by a 2 to 2.5 tonnes hammer
agencies or private companies to solicit bids from
run by steam or compressed air providing up to 40 potential suppliers or contractors. The NIT will specify
blows per minute, with a stroke of approximately 1.4 the requirements of the goods or services being
m
procured, the deadline for submitting bids, and the
evaluation criteria that will be used to select the
winning bid.
Q.70. The necessary condition of equilibrium of a body
is-
(a)∑Fy = 0, ∑Μ = 0
(b)∑Fx = 0, ∑Μ = 0
(c)∑Fx = 0, ∑Fy = 0
(d)∑Fx = 0, ∑Εy = 0, ∑Μ = 0
Q.68. Consider the following statements: Ans. (d) Equilibrium refers to a condition where all the
forces acting on an object are balanced. An object is
I. Modulus of elasticity of concrete increases with
said to be in equilibrium when either it remains at rest
increase in compressive strength of concrete.
(static equilibrium) or it continues to move at a
II. Brittleness of concrete increases with decrease in constant velocity (dynamic equilibrium).
compressive strength of concrete.
There are two primary conditions for equilibrium :
III. Shear strength of concrete increases with increase
in compressive strength of concrete. • The sum of all external forces acting on an object, in
all possible directions, must be zero. This is known as
Which of the following statements are TRUE?
the first or translational equilibrium condition. This
(a) I and II (b) I, II and III results in the object's center of mass either remaining
(c) II and III (d) I and III static or continuing to move at a constant velocity.
Ans. (d) Modulus of elasticity : The modulus of • The sum of all external torques (moments of force)
elasticity of concrete is a measure of its stiffness, or acting on the object, about any point, must be zero.
resistance to deformation under load. It is typically This is the second or rotational equilibrium condition.
measured in gigapascals (GPa). The modulus of This causes the object to have no angular
elasticity of concrete increases with increasing acceleration, i.e., to either remain with a constant
compressive strength. This is because the higher the angular velocity or in a state of rest.
compressive strength of the concrete, the more force it
can withstand before it starts to deform.
Brittleness : Brittleness is a measure of a material's
tendency to break without deforming. Concrete is a
brittle material, meaning that it has a low tensile
strength and tends to break suddenly under load.
Brittleness of concrete increases with an increase in
compressive strength of concrete. Brittleness of high
strength concrete is generally very high. Low strength
concrete is less brittle than high strength concrete.
Shear strength : The shear strength of concrete is its
Q.71. The minimum percentage of secondary steel in
resistance to forces that cause it to slide along a plane.
slabs for Fe-415 grade steel should be __________ of
The shear strength of concrete increases with
gross cross-section area.
increasing compressive strength. This is because the
higher the compressive strength of the concrete, the (a) 0.25% (b) 0.15%
more force it can withstand before it starts to slide. (c) 0.12% (d) 0.20%
Q.69. NIT is the abbreviation of- Ans. (c) As per IS 456 : 2000,
(a) Notice Inviting Trading 1. 0.15 % of the gross area if a mild steel bar is used.
(b) Notice Inviting Tender 2. 0.12 % of the gross area if the HYSD bar is used
(c) Notice Inviting Training Diameter : Maximum dia of reinforcement,
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 95 Civil KI Goli
 𝑫
𝛟𝒎𝒂𝒙 <
𝟖
Spacing :
𝟑𝒅
(i) Main Bars are spaced at 𝒎𝒊𝒏 {
𝟑𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝟓𝒅
(ii) Distribution Bars are spaced at 𝒎𝒊𝒏 {
𝟑𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
Q.74. The window which opens outside a room of a
Q.72. The specific gravity of tar ranges from building for admitting more light and air, is known as-
(a) 1.1 to 1.25 (b) 3.15 to 3.5 (a) Bay window (b) Casement window
(c) 2.7 to 2.8 (d) 4 to 5 (c) Lantern window (d) Dormer window
Ans. (a) Difference between Bitumen and Tar: Ans. (a) Bay windows : Bay windows project outside
the external walls of a room.
Bitumen Tar
1. Manufactured 1. Manufactured • This projection may be triangular, circular,
by fractional distillation of by Destructive distillation of rectangular or polygonal in plan. Such a window is
petroleum (in presence of coal and wood (in absence of provided to get an increased area of opening for
air) air) admitting more light and air.
2. Soluble in CS2 and CCl4 2. Soluble in toluene
3. More resistant to water 3. Less resistant to water
4. Less temperature 4. More temperature
susceptibility susceptibility
5. Free carbon content is 5. More free carbon content
less
6. Specific gravity = 0.97 to 6. Specific gravity = 1.10 to
1.02 1.25
Q.75. The person who enjoys the easement right is
Q.73. The product of moment of inertia about the called as-
n

principal axes is-

tio

(a) Lessee (b) Servient owner

nc

(a) 0 (b) Infinite (c) <1 (d)1 (c) Leaser (d) Dominant owner
Ju
il

Ans. (a) Moment of Inertia : Moment of inertia of a Ans. (d) Dominant owner :
iv
C

plane area with respect to x and y-axis respectively is • The person who enjoys the easement right is called
defined by the integrals
the dominant owner. An easement is a right to use
Ix = ∫y2 dA and Iy = ∫x2 dA the land of another person for a specific purpose.
Moments of inertia of a plane area is also called • The land that is burdened by the easement is called
the second moment of area. If axis xc and yc are the servient estate, and the land that benefits from
centroidal axes then the moment of inertia about those the easement is called the dominant estate.
axis Ixc and Iyc are called centroidal moments of inertia • The owner of the dominant estate is the dominant
or self moment of inertia. owner.
MOI about any axis is non-zero and non-negative Lessee : A lessee is someone who rents property from
quantity because term y2 and x2 can never be negative a landlord.
or zero. Servient owner : The servient owner is the owner of the
Product of Inertia : The product of inertia of a plane land that is burdened by the easement.
area is defined by the following integral. Leaser : A leaser is someone who grants a lease to a
Ixy = ∫xy dA tenant.
if xc and yc are the centroidal axes then Ixcyc is called Q.76. In which method are the length and breadth of
the self product of inertia about the centroidal axis. the masonry walls at plinth level taken for the
Product of inertia depends upon the co-ordinate calculation of quantities?
system. So, it can be positive, negative or zero. (a) Centre line method
If the two axes about which the product of inertia is (b) Service unit method
found, are such that the product of inertia becomes (c) Crossing method
zero, the two axes are called as principal axes. (d) Bay method
For the areas shown above have an axis of symmetry, Ans. (c) Methods of Estimation :
hence, the product of inertial will be zero.
1. Centre Line Method : The Centre line method is
applicable to the square building with symmetrical

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 96 Civil KI Goli

offsets. To calculate the quantities of materials, you • Failure is not sudden and there is no tilting of footing.
need to multiply the total centre line length with • The failure surface does not reach the ground surface
breadth and depth of the construction. and a slight bulging of soil around the footing is
• The junctions must be taken into consideration while observed.
calculating the centre line length of a wall. The Punching Shear Failure - This type of failure is seen in
quantity estimation brought out by this method is loose and soft soil and at deeper elevations. The
accurate and fast. following are some characteristics of general shear
2. Crossing method : Crossing method is designed for failure.
calculating materials needed for masonry walls. • This type of failure occurs in soil of very high
• In this method, the lengths and breadths of walls at compressibility.
plinth level (the base on which a column is raised) are • A failure pattern is not observed.
included. • Bulging of soil around the footing is absent.
• The internal dimension of the room and the thickness Q.78. The retained wall in continuation of abutments
of the walls are also important to caloulate the both upstream and downstream is called as -
quantities. Symmetrical offsets should be counted as
(a) Border wall (b) Flank wall
they play a major role in the calculation of quantity
(c) Base wall (d) Parapet wall
of materials.
3. Out to out and in to in method : This method follows Ans. (b) Flank Walls : Retaining wall in continuation of
P.W.D system for computing materials and this seems abutments both upstream and downstream.
to be the most accurate method among all. Curtain Wall, Cut-Off Wall : A wall-like structure, of
4. Bay method : This bay method is applicable in masonry, plain or reinforced cement concrete or sheet
garages, factory, and railway platform where identical pile, under the floor of a hydraulic structure with the
structures are visible. Bay in a construction term means object of: a) dividing the work into suitable
a compartment of a building. The cost of one room is compartments, b) to reduce the percolation of water
calculated first and it is multiplied by the number of through permeable strata, c) to minimize the likelihood
bays. of undermining of the foundation by increasing the
path of percolation and reducing the exit gradient, d)
6. Service unit method : The term service unit method
as a safeguard against erosion and undermining of the
is designed for building with identical rooms. This
structures by scour, e) to intercept permeable strata in
method is applicable in the construction of college,
the foundation and/or, and f) to increase the resistance
hospital, cinemas, prison, and more. When it is a
of the structure against sliding.
construction of a hospital, the service unit will be a bed.
Likewise, for cinema/ stadium, it is seats. Flared Wall : Retaining wall with its profile gradually
changing from one slope to another as required. Flared
Q.77. In general shear failure, continuous failure is walls may be straight or curved.
developed between:
Staunching Wall : Embankment connecting a groyne
(a) Edge of the footing and ground surface head to the river bank or marginal bund.
(b) Below the ground surface
Toe-Wall : A shallow wall constructed below the bed or
(c) Foundation and the ground surface
floor level to provide footing for the sloped pitching or
(d) Ground surface and footing
the face of an embankment.
Ans. (a) General shear failure - This type of failure is
Training Wall : A structure built along or connected to
seen in dense and stiff soil. The following are some
the bank of a river substantially along the direction of
characteristics of general shear failure.
flow, for example, an extension to a flank wall,
• Continuous, well-defined, and distinct failure surface intended to direct fast flow from a sluice or spillway
develops between the edge of the footing and the away from erodible banks of a river or canal.
ground surface. Wing Walls : Walls joining the abutment of a structure
• Dense or stiff soil that undergoes low compressibility to earth dyke or the banks to retain and protect the
experiences this failure. earth fill behind and provide a longer path of
• Continuous bulging of shear mass adjacent to footing percolation around the end of a structure or for
is visible. improving the flow conditions upstream and
Local shear failure - This type of failure is seen in downstream of the controlling section.
relatively loose and soft soil. The following are some
Q.79. Weed growth in a canal invariably leads to-
characteristics of general shear failure.
(a) Reduction in discharge
• A significant compression of soil below the footing (b) Reduction in silting
and partial development of plastic equilibrium is (c) Increase in velocity of flow
observed.
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 97 Civil KI Goli
(d) Increase in discharge two buildings where the intermediate building is to
Ans. (a) Reduction in discharge : Weed growth in a be pulled down and rebuilt.
canal invariably leads to a reduction in discharge. • This type of shoring includes all the arrangements for
Weeds obstruct the flow of water and create supporting the unsafe structure in which the shores
resistance, which reduces the velocity of the flow and do not reach the ground. Hence, the name flying
the overall discharge capacity of the canal. Weeds can shoring has been given.
also cause the canal to become silted up, which further • The shore used for this purpose is known as the flying
reduces the discharge capacity. shore.
Q.80. In _______ arrangement, the horizontal supports
are given two adjacent parallel walls which have
become unsafe due to the removal or collapse of the
intermediate building.
(a) Flying shore (b) Dead shore
(c) Inclined shore (d) Raking shore
Ans. (a) Shoring : Shoring is a general term used in
construction to describe the process of supporting a
structure in order to prevent collapse so that
construction can proceed.
Types of shoring : → Q.81. The standard size of A0 sheet in mm is-
1. Dead Shoring : This type of shoring is used to support (a) 594 × 841 (b) 297 × 420
dead loads that act vertically downwards. Its simplest (c) 420 × 594 (d) 841 × 1189
form consists of a vertical prop or shore leg with a head
plate, sole plate, and some means of adjustment for Ans. (d) The standard size as per Bureau of Indian
tightening and easing the shore. standard (B.I.S)
Trimmed Untrimmed size
Designation
n

size (mm) (mm)

tio
nc

A0 841 x 1189 880 x 1230

Ju

A1 594 x 841 625 x 880

il
iv

A2 420 x 594 450 x 625

C

A3 297 x 420 330 x 450

A4 210 x 297 240 x 330
A5 148 x 210 165 x 240
Q.82. In order to make the floor glossy, it is rubbed
(a) Section (b) Front Elevation with-
2. Raking shoring : Raking Shoring is also called inclined (a) Sodium silicate (b) Oxalic acid
shoring. (c) Sodium carbonate (d) Sodium hydroxide
• It can be defined as the shoring in which the inclined
Ans. (b) Mosaic or Terrazzo Flooring :
members are used to provide lateral support to the
unsafe structure. Such inclined members are known → Method of Construction :
as the rakers or the inclined shores. 1. The preparation of sub-base and laying of base
concrete will be carried out as same we have
constructed cement concrete flooring.
2. As similar to cement concrete flooring the entire
area is divided into panels with aluminum or glass
strips. These panels are provided so that there will
be no crack to develop in the future due to
shrinkage.
3. The surface of the cement concrete base should be
3. Flying shoring : clean of all dirt, mortar, dust plastics, etc. then we
• Flying shoring is also commonly referred to as put a wash of neat cement slurry
horizontal shoring. 4. The bottom layer of cement concrete of ratio 1:2:4
• It can be defined as the shoring which is used to is laid to a thickness of 20 to 25mm compacted and
provide temporary support to the party walls of the leveled .when this surface becomes hard the

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 98 Civil KI Goli

 wearing layer of cement and marble chips are (a) Flexural crack
mixed. (b) Diagonal crack due to compression
5. With the gunny bags, the surface should be covered (c) Shear crack
and left undisturbed for 2 days. A coat of slurry is
(d) Diagonal crack due to tension
applied and left for 6 days and then curing is done.
6. After 6 days we ground a surface with carborundum Ans. (d) In case of deep beams or thin webbed RCC
stone of different grades with coarse to finer ones. members, the first crack that forms is a diagonal crack
and after rubbing should be done in order to get a due to tension. This crack occurs due to the tensile
clear and uniform granular appearance. We will forces acting on the member.
keep the surface wet during all these days.
7. After that surface is rubbed with oxalic acid powder
so as to get a glossy finish.
Q.83. U1 and U2 are the strain energies stored in a
prismatic bar due to axial tensile forces P 1 and P2
respectively. The strain energy U stored in the same bar
Q.86. _________ mode is used whenever either end of
due to combined action of P1 and P2 will be
the security association is a security gateway.
(a) U < U1 + U2 (b) U = U1U2
(a) Gateway (b) Tunnel
(c) U = U1 + U2 (d) U > U1 + U2
(c) Encapsulating (d) Transport
Ans. (d) Strain energy stored in prismatic bar due to
Ans. (b) Tunnel mode is deployed whenever one end of
axial load is :
a security association involves a gateway.
𝐏𝟐 𝐋
U=
𝟐𝐀𝐄
• This mode is mandatory between two firewalls to
ensure secure communication.
𝐏𝟏𝟐 𝐋
𝐔𝟏 (𝐏𝟏 ) = • For instance, two security gateways can establish an
𝟐𝐀𝐄
ESP (Encapsulated Security Payload) tunnel.
𝐔𝟐 (𝐏𝟐 ) =
𝐏𝟐𝟐 𝐋 • The purpose of this tunnel is to safeguard all data
𝟐𝐀𝐄 transferred between the networks linked by the
(𝐏𝟏 +𝐏𝟐 )𝟐 𝐋 (𝐏𝟏𝟐 +𝐏𝟐𝟐 +𝟐𝐏𝟏 𝐏𝟐 )𝐋 gateways.
𝐔(𝐏𝟏 + 𝐏𝟐 ) = =
𝟐𝐀𝐄 𝟐𝐀𝐄 • Essentially, tunnel mode encrypts the entire IP
𝐏𝟏𝟐 𝐋 𝐏𝟐𝟐 𝐋 𝟐𝐏𝟏 𝐏𝟐 𝐋 𝐏𝟏 𝐏𝟐 𝐋
packet, including the original headers, for secure
𝐔(𝐏𝟏 + 𝐏𝟐 ) = + + = 𝐔𝟏 + 𝐔𝟐 + transit between networks.
𝟐𝐀𝐄 𝟐𝐀𝐄 𝟐𝐀𝐄 𝐀𝐄
• As a result, tunnel mode is a cornerstone for securing
U > U1 + U 2 inter-network communications.
Q.84. Which of the following is NOT a type of building?
(a) Educational building
(b) Mercantile building
(c) Institutional building
(d) Domestic building
Ans. (d) Types of Buildings : -
• Agricultural buildings
• Educational buildings
• Industrial building
• Commercial building
• Military building Q.87. If the thin cylindrical shell whose diameter is 'd'
is subjected to an internal pressure 'p', then the ratio
• Parking structure and storage
of longitudinal stress to the hoop stress is-
• Religious building
• Transport building (a) 1 (b) 2
Classification of Public buildings : (c) ½ (d) ¾
• Dependent buildings Ans. (c)
• Independent buildings • Circumferential stress is the stress acting along the
• Institutional buildings circumferential direction, it is generally tensile in
nature.
Q.85. In case of deep beam or in thin webbed R.C.C
members, the first crack formed is-

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 99 Civil KI Goli

• Longitudinal stress is the stress which acts along the Foot truss : Trusses that are located at the bottom of a
length and it is also tensile in nature whereas radial truss structure and support the weight of the structure.
stress which acts in the direction of the radius is Q.90. A column of size 450 mm × 600 mm has
compressive in nature. unsupported length of 3.0 m and is braced against side
sway in both directions. According to IS 456 : 2000, the
minimum eccentrics (in mm) with respect to major and
minor principle axes are:
(a) 26.0 and 21.0 (b) 20.0 and 20.0
(c) 26.0 and 20.0 (d) 21.0 and 15.0
Ans. (a) Minimum eccentricities
𝐱 𝐥 𝐃
+
𝐞 𝐱 𝐦𝐢𝐧 = 𝐦𝐚 𝐱 {𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝟑𝟎
𝟐𝟎,mm
𝐱 𝐥 𝐛
𝐏𝐃 +
Circumferential stress/Hoop stress, 𝛔𝐡 = 𝐞 𝐲 𝐦𝐢𝐧 = 𝐦𝐚 𝐱 {𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝟑𝟎
𝟐𝐭 𝟐𝟎,mm
𝑷𝑫 where lx = ly = Unsupported length
Longitudinal stress 𝛔𝑳 =
𝟒𝒕

Where P = pressure due to flowing fluid,

D = diameter, and
t = thickness of shell
𝛔𝒍 𝑷𝑫/𝟒𝒕 𝟏
= = = 𝟎. 𝟓
𝛔𝒉 𝑷𝑫/𝟐𝒕 𝟐

Q.88. To apply Simpson’s rule for computation of Given,

irregular area, number of segments should be-
l = 3 m = 3000 mm,
n
tio

(a) Of equal width and even number

b = 450 mm, d = 600 mm
nc

(b) May be of varying width also

Ju

𝟑𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟒𝟓𝟎
(c) Of equal width and odd number 𝐞𝐲 = + = 𝟐𝟏 𝐦𝐦
il

𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝟑𝟎
iv

(d) May be even or odd

C

𝐥 𝐝 𝟑𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝐞𝐱 = + = + = 𝟐𝟔 𝐦𝐦
Ans. (a) Simpson's rule : Simpson's rule is also known 𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝟑𝟎 𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝟑𝟎
as Parabolic Rule. The maximum eccentricity with respect to major axis =
• For calculation of volume, this formula is known as ex = 26 mm
the Prismoidal rule The maximum eccentricity with respect to minor axis =
• This rule is used when the ends of ordinates or ey = 21 mm
straight to form an arc of a parabola.
Q.91. The period of the first five year plan in India was
• This rule is applicable only when the number of
from-
divisions is even, i.e. the number of ordinates is odd.
• This rule can be stated as follows: One-third of (a) 1951 – 1956 (b) 1949 – 1954
common distance multiplied by the sum of last and (c) 1950 – 1955 (d) 1947 – 1952
first ordinate, four times the sum of even ordinates, Ans. (a) First Plan (1951-1956) : - The First Five-year
and twice the sum of the remaining odd ordinates are Plan was launched in 1951 which mainly focused on the
added. development of the primary sector.
Q.89. If the member of a structure connected does NOT • The First Five-Year Plan was based on the Harrod–
lie in the same plane, then the structure is called as- Domar model with few modifications.
(a) Plane Truss (b) Main Truss • This then Prime Minister was Jawaharlal Nehru and
(c) Foot Truss (d) Space Truss Gulzarilal Nanda was the vice-president.
• It mainly addressed the agrarian sector, including
Ans. (d) Space truss : A truss in which the members do
investment in large dams and irrigation.
not all lie in the same plane.
Five years plans and their duration are following : -
Plane truss : A truss in which all of the members lie in
the same plane. 1st Five year Plan 1951-1956
Main truss : The primary load-bearing members of a 2nd Five year Plan 1956-1961
truss structure. 3rd Five year Plan 1961-1966

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 100 Civil KI Goli

4th Five year Plan 1969-1974 decomposition. The process takes place below the
5th Five year Plan 1974-1978 melting point of the product. The name calcination is
6th Five year Plan 1980-1985 derived from the Latin word ‘Calcinare’ which means to
burn lime.
7th Five year Plan 1985-1990
8th Five year Plan 1992-1997 𝐡𝐞𝐚𝐭
CaCO3 → CaO+CO2 (Limestone)→(Lime)+(Carbondioxide)
9th Five year Plan 1997-2002
The lime which is obtained by the calcination of
10th Five year Plan 2002-2007
comparatively pure limestone is known as quick lime
11th Five year Plan 2007-2012
or caustic lime. Its chemical composition is (CaO) oxide
12th Five year Plan 2012-2017 of calcium and it has great affinity for moisture.
Q.92. Which of the following types of sleepers has the The quick lime as it comes out from kiln is also known
best shock absorbing capacity as well as damping as lump lime.
property?
Q.95. The second stage of survey to examine the
(a) CST sleeper (b) Steel sleeper general character of the area for deciding the most
(c) Concrete sleeper (d) Wooden sleeper feasible routes is known as-
Ans. (c) Concrete sleepers : Concrete sleepers have the (a) Preliminary survey (b) Trace-out
best shock absorbing capacity as well as damping (c) Detailed survey (d) Reconnaissance
property among the given options. This is because Ans. (d) The sequence of a survey in the highway
concrete is a very dense and heavy material, which
alignment is as follows :
helps to absorb and dissipate vibrations.
The sequence of the survey in a project is
In addition, concrete sleepers are often designed with
i. Topographic survey or map study
a variety of features that help to improve their shock
absorption and damping properties, such as : ii. Reconnaissance
• A thick, solid base that helps to distribute loads iii. Preliminary survey
evenly iv. Final location and detailed survey
• A ribbed or grooved surface that helps to create (a) Map study : It reveals all the details of all existing
friction and reduce noise road networks and important intermediate places to
• A layer of rubber or other resilient material between be connected in that area.
the sleeper and the rail that helps to absorb It will also provide insight into the general topography
vibrations. of the area along with the obligatory points if any
Q.93. What is the maximum theoretical possible value present.
of Poisson's ratio for a non-dilatant material? (b) Reconnaissance Survey : This survey involves
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.67 understanding the feasibility of different alternate
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.33 routes, so to select the most fitted one. Analysis of
each route for its missing details, the required number
Ans. (a) For an ideal material (non-dilatant, frictionless, of curves, tunnels, etc is performed. An approximate
etc.) the theoretical value for Poisson's ratio is 0.5, for levelling profile is plotted for each route for computing
natural, non-cohesive sands it may be taken as 0.2-0.3. the cost and work required for the project.
The engineering range of Poisson's ratio 0 ≤ μ ≤ 0.5 (c) Preliminary Survey : It is composed of multiple
while the theoretical range is -1 ≤ μ ≤ 0.50. survey/studies such as construction material
Material μ (Poisson’s Ratio) availability survey, soil profile survey, earthwork study,
Rubber 0.5 drainage studies, traffic survey, etc.
Copper 0.33 This survey plays a significant role in finalizing the most
Steel 0.27 – 0.30 suited route for the project while satisfying all
Glass 0.18 – 0.30 financial, material and labour requirements.
Concrete 0.1 – 0.2 (d) Final location or Detailed Survey : In this study, the
alignment will be transferred from map to field. The
Cork 0.0
Centre line and grade line will be marked on the field.
Q.94. The quick lime as it comes from kilns is called as- All estimation and costing for the project will be
(a) Hydraulic lime (b) Lump lime performed.
(c) Milk lime (d) Hydrated lime Q.96. The bending moment diagram of a simply
Ans. (b) Lump Lime : Calcination or calcining is a supported beam carrying uniformly distributed load
thermal treatment process to bring about a thermal over the entire span is-

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 101 Civil KI Goli

(a) Rectangle (b) Square Ans. (c) Classification of the canal on the basis of nature
(c) Right angle triangle (d) Parabola of the source of supply is as follows :
Ans. (d) Degree of SFD & BMD Diagram for various 1. Perennial Canals : These canals flow all year round
loading and thus they are known as perennial canals.
• They draw water from perennial rivers or from
artificial lakes which maintain a high level of water on
the upstream side.
2. Inundation Canal : These canals are directly taken
out of rivers without building any barrage or dams.
When the rivers are in flood, excess water flows into
these canals.
• These canals are not useful during the dry months.
Q.97. What is the best temperature for burning of Q.100. The coefficient of curvature for a well graded
bricks? soil, must be from-
(a) 1000°C - 1200°C (b) 1300°C - 1400°C (a) 0.5 to 1.0 (b) 3.0 to 4.0
(c) 1500°C - 1700°C (d) 1800°C - 1900°C (c) 4.0 to 5.0 (d) 1.0 to 3.0
Ans. (a) The temperature at which the bricks are burnt Ans. (d) Coefficient of Uniformity / Uniformity
in a kiln varies from 800°C to 1200°C, depending upon Coefficient : It is defined as the ratio of D60 and
the type of brick clay. D10 sieve sizes in sieve analysis of granular material.
Q.98. Which of the following ingredients of cement, Higher is the value of Cu larger is the range of the
when added in excess quantity, causes the cement to particle size.
set slowly? 𝑫𝟔𝟎
𝑪𝒖 =
(a) Lime (b) Silica 𝑫𝟏𝟎

(c) Iron oxide (d) Alumina For uniformly graded soil, Cu = 1

n

For well graded sand, Cu > 6

tio

Ans. (b) Silica : Silica provides strength to the cement.

nc

Silica in excess causes the cement to set slowly. For well graded gravel Cu > 4
Ju

Lime : Lime is the major ingredient of cement. It makes Coefficient of Curvature / Curvature Coefficient :
il
iv
C

the cement sound and also provides strength to the 𝑫𝟐

𝟑𝟎
𝑪𝒄 =
cement. Lime in excess makes the cement unsound and 𝑫𝟔𝟎 ×𝑫𝟏𝟎
causes the cement to expand and disintegrate. The For well graded soil, 1 < Cc < 3
deficiency of lime will decrease the strength and cause For gap graded soil, 1 < Cc or Cc > 3
the cement to set quickly. where
Alumina : Alumina lowers the clinkering temperature. D60 = size at 60% finer by weight
It provides quick setting property to the cement.
D30 = size at 30% finer by weight
Alumina in excess weakens the strength of the cement.
D10 = size at 10% finer by weight = Effective size
Iron Oxide : Iron oxide provides colour, hardness and
strength to the cement. It helps the fusion of material
at lower temperature during the manufacturing of
cement.
Magnesium Oxide : Magnesium oxide provides colour
and hardness to the cement. Excess magnesium oxide
remains in free state and makes the cement unsound.
Sulphur Trioxide : Sulphur trioxide makes the cement
sound if present in very small quantity. Excess sulphur
trioxide makes the cement unsound.
Alkalies : Alkalies may be present in a very small
quantiy. Alkalies in excess cause efflorescence.
Q.99. A canal which is used for irrigation all year round
is called-
(a) Ditch canal (b) Continuous canal
(c) Perennial canal (d) Seasonal canal
RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 102 Civil KI Goli
 SCAN QR CODE TO WATCH VIDEO SOLUTION OF ALL 100+
RRB JE CIVIL ENGINEERING PREVIOUS YEARS PAPERS

➢ BOOK AVAILABLE ON AMAZON FLIPKART, SHOPS

➢ FOR TEST SERIES DOWNLOAD CIVIL KI GOLI APP
➢ CONTACT 9255624029, 7742947965

RRB JE Civil SOLVED PAPERS 103 Civil KI Goli